U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Information Products Division |
U.S. Patent Classification System - Classification Definitions
as of June 30, 2000
Patents classified in a subclass may be accessed by either clicking on
the subclass number
preceding each subclass definition or on the
" " icon, below.
( please note that patents for some subclasses may not be available )
For classification search strategies, please refer to the
Classification Index
Explanation of Data web page.
(definitions have been obtained from the
Patents ASSIST CD-ROM which
is produced by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Electronic Products Branch)
Class 435
CHEMISTRY: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY
Class Definition:
STATEMENT OF CLASS SUBJECT MATTER
This class provides for the following subject matter when not
provided for elsewhere:
A. A process of using a microorganism or enzyme to
synthesize a chemical product.
B. A process of treating a material with a microorganism or
enzyme to separate, liberate, or purify a preexisting
substance.
C. An in vitro process of measuring and testing in which:
(1) A microorganism or enzyme is used to determine the
presence or identity of a compound or composition in a
sample; (2) A microorganism is identified by propagation; (3)
An enzyme is identified by its catalytic activity; (4) The
presence of microorganisms is detected; (5) A live
microorganism is used in an antigen antibody test as an
antigen; (6) Fixed or stabilized nonliving microorganisms,
cells, or tissues are involved.
D. A process of propagating a microorganism.
E. A process in which the genetic structure of a
microorganism or extrachromosomal genetic structure is
altered.
F. A process of organ or tissue maintenance.
G.A process of mashing or malting.
H. Apparatus claimed or solely disclosed as for A-G.
I. Microorganisms, per se, or the subcellular parts
thereof.
J. Enzymes, immobilized enzymes or enzyme containing
compositions not otherwise provided for and the processes for
purifying enzymes or forming immobilized enzymes.
K. Compositions claimed or solely disclosed as for the
propagation of microorganisms or for measuring and testing
processes in C above.
L. Using microorganisms to destroy hazardous or toxic waste.
CLASSIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR THIS CLASS
APPARATUS
This class takes only apparatus claimed or solely disclosed
as for fermentation or enzymology, organ, and tissue
maintenance or genetic engineering not otherwise provided
for. Apparatus by name only which is claimed as a collection
of compounds or compositions in a kit without structure is
classified as described below in Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class.
COMPOSITIONS
In general, this class will not provide for compositions
other than an immobilized or insolubilized enzyme or a test
or culture media.
COMPOUNDS
In general, this class does not provide for compounds other
than an immobilized or insolubilized enzyme or an enzyme, per
se. Production of metal or ammonium salts of a compound are
classified with the production of that compound.
AMINO ACID RESIDUES
If upon hydrolysis of an unidentified product the only
residues are amino acids, it should be presumed that the
product is a protein or peptide. If other organic moieties
are present after hydrolysis of the product then placement
should be made upon the basis of the presence of such
structure in the product.
PRESUMPTION
In the absence of a clearly claimed step of killing or
inactivating a microorganism in an antigen-antibody test the
microorganism should be treated as a living antigen.
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
See References to Other Classes, below, for lines with
classes providing for the use of a microorganism, an enzyme
and the apparatus therefor and the composition classes
providing for the products of a microorganism or enzyme and
for lines with other related classes.
The rules for determining Class placement of the Original
Reference (OR) for claimed chemical compositions are set
forth in the Class Definition of Class 252 in the section
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS, subsection
COMPOSITION CLASS SUPERIORITY, which includes a hierarchical
ORDER OF SUPERIORITY FOR COMPOSITION CLASSES.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
4 Apparatus by name only which is claimed as a collection of
compounds or compositions in a kit without structure is
classified on the basis of the compositions into the
subclasses 4+ area.
84 and indented subclasses 95, 96, 98, and 99 for compounds
produced by hydrolysis of larger structures with subclasses
94 reserved for the enzymatic interconversion of isomers.
97 100 - 105 provide for building up from smaller saccharide
units.
REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, provides for processes
of (a) dyeing employing a microorganism or enzyme (b)
treating hides or skins by use of a microorganism or enzyme
with subsequent tanning of the hides or skins or subsequent
operations that are preliminary and peculiar to tanning of
hides or skins or peculiar to making leather.
Class 435 provides for a process of using an enzyme or
microorganism to treat a hide or skin particularly depilating
or bating as well as treating feathers or animal tissue with
a microorganism or enzyme not otherwise provided for.
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, provides for
compositions for dyeing materials of any kind which may
contain a microorganism or enzyme.
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, provides for
dust cloths, mops, or other cleaning devices which include
detergents which may contain enzymes.
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, provides for
processes and apparatus for drying of a solid which may
include a microorganism enzyme or media composition.
Class 435 provides for processes of culture or propagation of
microorganisms including the production of enzymes and media
and provides for the combination of culture or production
with drying or another Class 34 operation.
48, Gas: Heating and Illuminating, for gaseous compositions
for heating or illuminating by combustion which may be the
result of a process using a microorganism or enzyme.
47, Plant Husbandry, which provides for mushrooms or
processes of or apparatus for cultivating or culturing
mushrooms; sprouting or germinating seeds for planting, or
testing the sprouting or germinating power of seeds; articles
or compositions that include seeds and either a microorganism
or enzyme and process of making such articles or
compositions; processes of cultivating or culturing seed
plants, or other nonfungal plants that include the use of a
microorganism or enzyme, articles, compositions, or
apparatus, for use in the above processes, or in making
articles or compositions, that include seeds and
microorganism or enzymes or processes of making articles or
compositions for use in the above noted processes.
Class 435 provides for materials that contain germinated
seeds, for processes that include germinating seeds or for
apparatus for use therein, e.g., malting grain and malting
apparatus, etc., as well as processes involving propagation
of unicellular algae or undifferentiated plant cells where
there is no plant propagation and for the extraction of
enzymes from plants or plant products. Class 435 also
provides for the production of starter culture for mushrooms
or for the propagation of undifferentiated plant cells as
well as the culture of unicellular algae.
48, Gas: Heating and Illuminating, for fuel gas compositions
when the processes of making such compositions involve a
microorganism; processes of producing fuel gas compositions
that include a microorganism; articles, compositions, or
apparatus, for uses in such processes; or processes of making
such articles or compositions for such uses.
Class 435 provides for the production or purification of a
gas by the use of microorganisms or enzymes if such process
is not ancillary to the production of fertilizer or a Class
210 liquid purification by living organisms or directed to
the production of a fuel gas by living organisms.
62, Refrigeration, for processes or apparatus for preserving
an organ, microorganism, or enzyme by the removal of heat and
the cooled or frozen product resulting. The process may
involve the use of a composition to eliminate or minimize
cooling or freezing damage, e.g., sperm preservation, etc.
Class 435 provides for methods and apparatus of maintaining
the viability of an animal organ tissue including blood and
sperm or cells as well as the process and apparatus for the
treatment or propagation of animal cells or tissue.
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, provides for processes of
producing a composition or article having utility as a
fertilizer by use of a microorganism or enzyme as well as the
composition containing a microorganism or enzyme.
Class 435 provides for the production of microorganisms
having utility for fertilizer production and microorganism
containing starter compositions useful in a Class 71
process.
73, Measuring and Testing, provides for processes and
apparatus for determining the physical properties of the
product of fermentation or enzymology and include process and
apparatus for measuring the rate of sedimentation of elements
in blood.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, provides for processes and
compositions containing a microorganism or enzyme for use in
processes of obtaining free metals from metal compounds or
ores. Class 75, in particular, provides for processes of
hydrometallurgy processes of beneficiating ores or recovery
of elemental metal from waste in which a microorganism or
enzyme is used when the reduction to elemental metal is
claimed.
Class 435 provides for the process of producing a
microorganism or enzyme useful in ore treating and for
processes of cultivating microorganisms on sulfur containing
media.
99, Foods and Beverages: Apparatus, for apparatus adapted for
the preparation of a beverage or beverage intermediate by
carrying out primary ethyl alcoholic fermentations and
apparatus for the aging, refining, and purification of
alcoholic beverages.
Class 435 provides for apparatus claimed or solely disclosed
as used for propagating a microorganism or for use of an
enzyme.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, provides for processes
which use an enzyme or microorganism to produce a coating or
plastic composition.
Class 435 provides for the use of a microorganism or enzyme
to produce a product which may be a composition not otherwise
provided for.
127, Sugar, Starch, and Carbohydrates, provides for the
hydrolysis of carbohydrates including their conversion to
sugar by chemical means or process using an enzyme or
microorganism only where the hydrolysis by microorganism or
enzyme is followed by steps of concentration purification or
treatment (such as crystallization) to make a sugar or syrup.
Additionally, Class 127 provides for the products of such
processes.
Class 435 provides for hydrolysis of a carbohydrate by a
microorganism or enzyme when not followed by steps of
concentration, purification, or treatment to make a sugar or
syrup. Class 435 also provides for hydrolysis by any method
when followed by treatment with a microorganism or enzyme to
produce alcohol.
128, Surgery, appropriate subclasses provide for methods of
blood transfusion and insemination by artificial means as
well as for methods of treatment of the living body or a test
which involves contact with a body and apparatus used in the
inspection and treatment of diseases of the bodies of men and
animals which apparatus is provided with means for connection
to the living body.
Class 435 provides for the maintenance of blood or sperm and
viable tissue and virus cultures and the media for such
processes.
131, Tobacco, for tobacco-containing articles, or
compositions, or articles or compositions when tobacco is
used in the making thereof, when the processes of making such
articles or compositions involve the use of a microorganism
or enzyme; processes of making such articles or compositions,
or treating tobacco, that include the use of a microorganism
or enzyme; or articles, compositions, or apparatus, for uses
in such processes, or processes of making the latter articles
or compositions for uses in above noted processes.
Class 435 provides for processes of growing a microorganism
or using an enzyme the media for which may comprise plant
material.
137, Fluid Handling, is the residual place for processes,
systems, combinations, and subcombinations for fluid material
handling. Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
Automatic Control, in the class definition of Class 137
provide a guide to the automatic control provided for
therein.
Class 435 will provide for condition responsive control of a
process with a step of microbial growth or enzymology and for
condition responsive control apparatus when claimed or solely
disclosed as involving a microorganism or enzyme.
159, Concentrating Evaporators, provides for the
concentration of solids held in solution or suspension by
evaporation of liquid and the recovery of a concentrate or a
dry solid which include the treatment of a feed stream to or
the treatment of a product of a microorganism or enzyme.
Class 435 is superior to Class 159 and will provide for the
concentration of a solid by the evaporation of liquid when
combined with process or apparatus involving a microorganism
or enzyme.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, provides for
processes and apparatus which includes use of a microorganism
or enzyme when combined with a step peculiar to Class 162 as
well as the use of a microorganism or enzyme as a component
of a paper or fiber pulp.
Class 435 provides for fiber paper pulping and textile
treatment by a microorganism or enzyme, per se. For an
exhaustive listing of fiber treatment classes, see the notes
immediately following the class definition of Class 162.
166, Wells, provides for processes and apparatus for treating
oil or an oil bearing mineral with a microorganism or enzyme
while in the ground.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, provides for
processes and apparatus involving electrical or wave energy.
Class 204 provides for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic
separation and purification of a compound or element and for
other electrical separation or purification of a liquid when
not provided for elsewhere, for the use of electrophoretic or
electro-osmotic techniques to immobilize a compound or
element where not provided for elsewhere, and for processes
for use of an electrode containing a microorganism or enzyme
for measuring or testing.
Class 435 provides for processes and apparatus for measuring
or testing in which a microorganism is cultured or an enzyme
functions catalytically when a nonelectrical or nonwave
energy property is measured, or when an electrical or wave
energy property is measured separate and apart, but in
combination with Class 435 subject matter; and for processes
and apparatus for electrical or wave energy treatment of
microorganisms or enzymes when the treatment is solely
disclosed for use with viable microorganisms or catalytically
active enzymes.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, appropriate subclasses
for processes of measuring and testing in which the activity
of a microorganism or enzyme is measured by change in
electrolytic action, for electrolytic separation and
purification of a compound or element when not provided for
elsewhere, for the use of electrolytic techniques to
immobilize a compound or element where not provided for
elsewhere, and for processes of use of an electrode
containing a microorganism or enzyme for measuring or
testing.
Class 435 provides for processes and apparatus for measuring
or testing in which a microorganism is cultured or an enzyme
functions catalytically when a nonelectrolytic property is
measured, or when an electrolytic property is measured
separate and apart, but in combination with Class 435 subject
matter; and for processes and apparatus for electrical or
wave energy treatment of microorganisms or enzymes when the
treatment is solely disclosed for use with viable
microorganisms or catalytically active enzymes.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, provides for
processes of treating impure liquids by processes including a
microorganism, e.g., bacteriological digestion of sewage
including the use of an immobilized microorganism and the
apparatus for such processes, as well as methods of physical
separation of microorganisms and viruses from liquid media.
Class 435, provides for the growth of a microorganism on a
liquid media and the apparatus therefor as well as providing
for process utilizing an immobilized microorganism, per se.
241, Solid Material Comminution or Disintegration, provides
for processes and apparatus for the comminution or
disintegration of solids which includes the comminution of
the feed material to or the product of a microorganism or
enzyme.
Class 435, provides for the combination of comminution or
disintegration with a process or apparatus for microorganism
use or enzymology.
250, Radiant Energy, provides for all methods and apparatus
for using, generating, controlling, or detecting radiant
energy including radioactivity not elsewhere provided for.
Class 250 provides a comprehensive guide in References to
Other Classes for classes providing for similar subject
matter.
Class 435, provides for the use of radiant energy to alter
the genetic structure of a microorganism as part of a
measuring and testing process or in combination with
microbial growth or enzymology.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, provides for the
synthesis and liberation and purification by chemical or
physical means of compounds and extracts falling within the
class definition of Class 260 where such processes do not
include a step of treatment by a microorganism or enzyme.
Processes of making chemical compounds that include the use
of a microorganism or enzyme are controlling for
classification over other processes of making chemical
compounds.
Class 435, provides for a process of synthesis or liberation,
separation, or purification of a compound utilizing a
microorganism or enzyme, per se. Class 435, provides for an
enzyme, per se, and the process of recovering the enzyme from
a natural source or immobilizing or insolubilizing an enzyme.
Class 435, provides for a process utilizing a microorganism
or enzyme combined with a physical separation or
purification. Class 435, will provide for preliminary
chemical treatment to produce a starting material which is
subjected to the action of a microorganism or enzyme or a
chemical reaction simultaneously with or subsequent to the
action of a microorganism or enzyme which perfects or
improves the action of the microorganism or enzyme.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, provides for organic
compounds, per se, and methods of synthesizing them by means
other than a microorganism or enzymes.
366, provides for apparatus and processes restricted to
causing fluid or particulate material to move irregularly and
commingle.
Class 435, provides for apparatus with agitators claimed or
solely disclosed as useful for microorganism propagation or
enzymology and for processes of microorganism propagation or
enzymology which may include an agitation step.
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, provides for processes
of purification of fermentation off gas by chemical means as
well as the recovery of metal values by means other than
microorganisms or enzymes.
Class 435, provides for processes of synthesis of organic or
inorganic compounds involving a microorganism or enzyme.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, for:
compositions (A) for preventing, alleviating, treating, or
curing abnormal and pathological conditions of the living
body, for maintaining, increasing, decreasing, limiting, or
destroying a physiologic body function, for diagnosing a
physiological condition or state by an in vivo test, for
controlling or protecting an environment or living body by
attracting, disabling, inhibiting, killing, modifying,
repelling, or retarding an animal or microorganism, (B) for
deodorizing, protecting, adorning, or grooming a body, (C)
for fermentates and extracts for use in A or B and not
elsewhere provided for, and (D) such compositions defined in
terms of specific structure; methods of making the above
compositions; methods of using the class defined compositions
for purposes in A and B; and methods of using compounds, per
se, for purposes in A and B; 85.1 for a lymphokine
composition; subclasses 130.1+ for a bioaffecting or
body-treating composition of an immunoglobulin, antiserum,
antibody, or antibody fragment and for methods of immunizing
to produce antibodies for recovery, which antibodies are
characterized as being useful as bioaffecting or
body-treating agents (e.g., to provide passive immunity);
subclasses 184.1+ for a bio-affecting or body-treating
composition comprising an antigen, an epitope, or another
immunospecific immunoeffector, such as an immunospecific
vaccine, an immunospecific stimulator of cell-mediated
immunity, an immunospecific tolerogen, or an immunospecific
immunosuppressor, and for methods of immunizing to produce
protective immunity in vivo (i.e., for vaccination purposes);
subclasses 93.1+ for a composition including whole live
microorganism or virus; and subclass 94 for a composition
containing an enzyme or co-enzyme.
Class 435, provides for a process of propagating a
microorganism or using an enzyme to produce a drug or
bio-affecting composition. Class 435 provides for virus
culture and attenuation, for the virus or microorganism, per
se, and their culture and propagation and for in vitro
diagnostic tests involving a microorganism or enzyme and
antigen antibody tests which involve a living microorganism
or use of an enzyme label.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, provides for fermentation processes that are solely
disclosed or claimed as preparing an edible, and for mixtures
of enzymes or ferments solely disclosed or claimed as edible
or used in the preparation of an edible. Class 426 provides
for compositions and processes of preparation relating to
compositions which have the capacity to ferment and produce
an edible, but which are claimed as being in an inactive
state, and also provides for compositions which are
undergoing a fermentation to produce an edible product. See
especially 11 for alcoholic beverages, or other beverages,
milk or other alimentary articles or compositions, when the
beverage or other alimentary articles contain bacteria or
enzymes; processes of making the same which include
microorganisms or enzymes. Processes of autolysis or
microbial or enzymic destruction of yeasts or other living
organisms are in Class 435, subclasses 262+, but processes of
preparing foods including such autolysis are in Class 426.
Processes of making vinegar by methods including use of a
microorganism or enzyme are in Class 426.
Class 435, provides for processes and apparatus of production
of nonpotable ethanol and acetic acid and for processes and
apparatus for diastatic mashing as well as fermentation other
than primary fermentations. Class 435 also provides for
compositions and processes of producing a microorganism
containing starter culture useful in the production of an
edible product. Class 435, will provide for production of
protein from a single source by fermentation or enzymology
even if the product is claimed as having a Class 426 utility.
For an elaboration of the line regarding the placement of
yeast patents, see (1) Note in subclass 255 of this class.
427, Coating Processes, provides for significant coating or
impregnating processes when not involving subject matter
proper for Class 435.
Class 435 provides for processes having a significant or
nonsignificant coating (or impregnating) step and otherwise
proper for the class.
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product, and Process, provides for a current producing device
having a microorganism as an integral part and the process of
operating the device and a process involving the device.
Class 435, provides for processes of producing microorganisms
in bulk, i.e., propagation of microorganisms. Class 435,
Chemistry: Molecular Biology and Microbiology, provides for a
photo imaging process in which an enzyme whose activity is
altered upon exposure to light is used and the material
therefor.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing,
provides for a measurement or test in which an enzyme reacts
chemically, i.e., noncatalytically and antigen antibody tests
for the identification of chemical species that are
nondiagnostic and do not involve a living antigen.
Class 435, provides for a test or measurement involving a
microorganism or enzyme which functions catalytically as well
as antigen antibody tests involving a living microorganism.
(1) Note. The burden of showing an enzyme is functioning
noncatalytically is on Class 436, i.e., the presumption, as
between Class 435 and Class 436, is that an enzyme in a test
functions catalytically until rebutted.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing,
provides for testing compositions (a) which contain an enzyme
if the enzyme participates in a chemical reaction in a
noncatalytic manner; and (b) which are of use in an
antigen-antibody test and do not involve a microorganism or
enzyme and are not diagnostic.
Class 435 provides for in vitro testing by or for a
microorganism or enzyme or tests involving the propagation of
a microorganism or catalytic use of an enzyme. Class 435
provides for antigen-antibody tests wherein a living antigen,
i.e., a microorganism is involved or an enzyme label is
present. Class 435, provides for processes and apparatus and
material for measuring and testing blood which involve the
propagation of a microorganism or catalytic functioning of an
enzyme.
(1) Note. The burden of showing an enzyme is functioning
noncatalytically is on Class 436, i.e., the presumption, as
between Class 435 and Class 436, is that an enzyme in a
testing composition functions catalytically until rebutted.
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, provides
for processes of producing a composition or article having
plant stimulating or eradicating utility by using a
microorganism or enzyme as well as the composition containing
a microorganism or enzyme.
Class 435, provides for the production of microorganisms
having utility for plant growth regulator production and
microorganism containing starter compositions useful in a
Class 504 process.
Class 510, Cleaning Compositions for Solid Surfaces,
Auxiliary Compositions Therefor, or Processes of Preparing
the Compositions, provides for detergent compositions
containing enzymes.
Class 435, provides for process of production of enzymes and
enzymes, per se, and enzyme compositions not otherwise
provided for.
Class 516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents;
Subcombinations Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing,
Breaking, or Inhibiting, subclasses 113+ for compositions for
or subcombination compositions for or breaking of or
inhibiting of colloid systems (e.g., foam breaking, emulsion
breaking, dispersion inhibiting, suspension settling, gel
breaking, smoke suppressing, coagulating, flocculating), when
generically claimed or when there is no hierarchically
superior provision in the USPC for the specifically claimed
art. Nominal recitation of a Class 435 process (e.g.,
fermentation or fermentation step) combined with a process
otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 516,
while recitation of a significant Class 435 step combined
with a step or composition otherwise classifiable in Class
516 is proper for Class 435 with a discretionary
cross-reference to Class 516.
Class 435, provides for processes of making chemical
compounds which involve micro-organisms or enzymes, other
processes relating to cell, organ, or tissue growth or
maintenance, compositions for use in such processes, in vitro
processes of testing or measuring, certain apparatus for
class provided for processes.
588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment,
provides for the storage to contain pathogenic organisms,
e.g., virus, bacteria and medical waste, see subclass 258.
GLOSSARY:
ACTIVITY
Rate of metabolic or anabolic action, speed or efficiency.
Mere suppression of competing strains is not viewed as
increasing the activity.
BIOCHEMICAL
By means of a bacteria, yeast, animal or plant cell, or
virus, or the parts thereof.
CONDENSED
Bridged or fused.
DERIVATIVE
For purposes of this class derivatives included with the
production of a named compound are only the inorganic anion
or inorganic cation salts thereof, e.g., metal, ammonium,
halogen, carbonate, etc.
DIASTACE
For purposes of this class classified as an amylase.
FERMENTATION
The use of a microorganism or enzyme to carry a molecular
transformation.
HAZARDOUS WASTE
Material that when present in the environment produces for
man and other living organisms a dangerous, risky, or
perilous environmental situation in so for as the
physiological well being of the organism is concerned (e.g.,
all caustic chemicals, irritants, cancer causing agents, and
other tumor producing materials).
HETERO
Containing only O, N, S, Se, or Te in addition to carbon in a
ring.
MEDIA
Material which supports or sustains growth of microorganisms
which material may contain substances which will not support
or may inhibit the growth of selected microorganisms.
MICROORGANISM
For purposes of this class, bacteria, actinomycetales,
cyanobacteria (unicellular algae), fungi, protozoa, animal
cells or plant cells or virus.
NUCLEIC ACID
A polynucleotide or more than two nucleotides.
TEST MEDIA
Distinguished from (propagation) media by the presence of an
indicator, e.g., chromophore, etc.
TOXIC WASTE
Materials that are direct physiological poisons to living
organisms (e.g., pesticides, heavy metal ion solutions, and
other materials that are poisonous to life.
SUBCLASSES
Subclass:
1.1
DIFFERENTIATED TISSUE OR ORGAN OTHER THAN BLOOD, PER SE, OR
DIFFERENTIATED TISSUE OR ORGAN MAINTAINING; COMPOSITION
THEREFOR:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes or compositions for the maintenance of a
differentiated tissue or organ, or the differentiated tissue
or organ, per se.
(1) Note. Maintenance includes keeping an organ under
conditions in which it produces a product (e.g., hormone,
etc.) which is later recovered.
(2) Note. Tissue is presumed to be undifferentiated in the
absence of a clear showing to the contrary. The fact that a
tissue continues to produce hormones, etc., is to be taken as
an indication that the tissue retains its differentiation.
(3) Note. For a process to be classified in this subclass,
the organ must be maintained in a viable state (e.g., in a
nutrient or life sustaining media) and the tissue must
contain an integral membrane. Thus, the preservation of blood
plasma provided for in subclass 2 is excluded from this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
235.1 for virus culture and treatment.
325 for animal cells, per se, and compositions thereof;
processes of propagating, maintaining, preserving, isolating,
etc. animal cells or compositions; culture media therefore.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, for methods
of preserving by freeze drying.
62, Refrigeration, for methods of cooling.
623, Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor, appropriate
subclasses for implantable living glands encapsulated in a
porous membrane.
Subclass:
1.2
Including perfusion; composition therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Processes for
the maintenance of differentiated tissue or organs by
continuously perfusing with a fluid, or compositions useful
in such processes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
284.1 for differentiated tissue (e.g., organ) perfusion or
preservation apparatus.
Subclass:
1.3
Including freezing; composition therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Processes for
the maintenance of differentiated tissue or organs by
freezing, or compositions useful in such processes
Subclass:
2
MAINTAINING BLOOD OR SPERM IN A PHYSIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE STATE
OR COMPOSITIONS THEREOF OR THEREFOR OR METHODS OF IN VITRO
BLOOD CELL SEPARATION OR TREATMENT:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes or compositions for the maintenance of blood or
sperm in a physiologically active state or for the in vitro
separation or treatment of blood cells.
(1) Note. This subclass includes methods for preserving the
viability of sperm by chemical means.
(2) Note. This subclass provides for compositions for
artificial insemination.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
235.1 where the tissue or cell culture is concomitant with
virus propagation.
243 for culture media for propagating microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
62, Refrigeration, for methods of maintaining the viability
of living tissue and cells including sperm under
refrigeration or in a frozen state. These processes may
include the addition of chemical agents to prevent or
minimize cellular damage from the refrigeration.
128, Surgery, appropriate subclasses for a method of blood
transfusion or artificial insemination.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
184.1 for therapeutic compositions containing a living cell
which functions as an antigen; and subclass 529 for
therapeutic compositions containing viable blood cells and a
therapeutically active ingredient. See subclass 1.17 for
compositions comprising a radiolabeled cell or sub-cellular
structure, including red blood cells, intended for class
defined uses such as in vivo diagnosing (e.g., imaging),
methods of making such compositions, and nominal methods of
using such compositions.
Subclass:
3
CONDITION RESPONSIVE CONTROL PROCESS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Process in which a process parameter is measured and that or
another process parameter is varied responsive to such
measurement.
(1) Note. The measurement should be by a nonsubjective
means, i.e., mere observation by an operator is not
sufficient to constitute measurement for purposes of this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
289 and 290, for condition or time responsive control
apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
700, Data Processing: Generic Control Systems or Specific
Applications, subclasses 266-274 for chemical process
control or monitoring system.
702, Data Processing: Measuring, Calibrating, or Testing, 19
for data processing in biological or biochemical
applications, and subclasses 22+ for chemical analysis data
processing.
Subclass:
4
Measuring or testing process involving enzymes or
microorganisms; composition or test strip therefore;
processes of forming such composition or test strip:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes in which there is a direct or indirect qualitative
or quantitative measurement or test of a material which
contains an enzyme or microorganism or processes in which a
material containing an enzyme or microorganism is used to
perform a qualitative or quantitative measurement or test and
compositions therefor and the processes of making such
compositions.
(1) Note. "Involving" in this and the indented subclasses
includes (a) the use of a known microorganism or enzyme to
detect or identify a chemical compound or composition, (b)
the use of a chemical compound or composition to detect or
identify a microorganism or enzyme, (c) a composition
containing a microorganism or enzyme for use as in (a), and
(d) a composition distinguished by the presence of an
indicator for use as in (b). Thus, "involving" in this and
the indented subclasses means that the steps in the
measurement or test either use the designated chemical
compound, microorganism, or individual plant or animal cells
or enzyme or the steps in the measurement or test indicate
the presence or absence of the designated chemical compound,
microorganism, plant or animal cell or enzyme.
(2) Note. The enzyme herein can be free or immobilized or
present in a cell, tissue, or organ.
(3) Note. Compositions herein may include inert carriers
that have either a single or multiple zones or chemical
agents. Included as carriers are bibilous or absorbent
materials and films.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized enzymes, per se.
183 for enzymes.
188 for stabilized enzymes, enzyme conjugates or
compositions thereof.
235.1 for viruses, per se.
287 for apparatus for measuring and testing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, for processes and apparatus for
making a test or measurement of any kind not provided for in
other classes. In general, the classes superior to 73 are
435, 422, 424, 204, 350, and 356.
128, Surgery, for methods of treatment of the living body or
a test which involves contact with a body and apparatus used
in the inspection and treatment of diseases of the bodies of
men and animals which apparatus is provided with means for
connection to the living body.
137, Fluid Handling, 2 for processes of controlling the flow
of a fluid in response to the sensing of a condition or
characteristic of a fluid.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 400 for
electrolytic analysis and testing apparatus, especially
subclass 403 for electrolytic analysis and testing apparatus
involving biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme,
antigen, etc.).
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 775 for electrolytic
analysis or testing processes, especially subclasses 777.5+
for electrolytic analysis or testing involving an enzyme or
microorganism (e.g., animal or plant cells, bacteria, virus,
etc.).
208, Minerals Oils: Processes and Products, for chemical
tests claimed in association with processes for recovery or
treatment of naturally occurring mineral oil.
252, Compositions, subclass 408 for testing compositions.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for chemical tests
claimed in association with processes for the treatment or
modification of carbon compounds.
324, Electricity: Measuring and Testing, appropriate
subclasses for methods and apparatus for testing an
electrical property or condition of a material by electrical
means, even though the result of the test may be used as an
indication of some other physical or chemical property or
condition.
346, Recorders, 2 for phenomenal apparatus and processes
recording.
356, Optics: Measuring and Testing, especially subclass 28,
139.04 through 139.08, 141.1 through 141.5 and 152.1 through
152.3, 205+, and 218 for methods and apparatus for optical
testing with a photoelectric light detector with either an
indicator or structure to support or contain the specimen or
sample under test. Class 356 provides for methods and
apparatus for visual counting of bacteria colonies, etc.,
with a scale or spacer to aid the eye without an optical
element or statistical analysis procedures for the sizing and
counting of particles, such as bacteria colonies by visible
light and the counting of particles one by one with a
microscope having a graticule rather than a cross hair or
reticle.
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
396 for transparent microscope slides with means to contain
and support the life functions of a microorganism.
364, Electrical Computers and Data Processing Systems,
subclass 496 for data processing systems or calculating
computer designed for use in chemistry, chemical engineering
or other areas of engineering or for the solution of problems
in these areas.
377, Electrical Pulse Counters, Pulse Dividers, or Shift
Registers: Circuits and Systems, subclass 10 for sizing or
counting of discrete particles such as bacteria colonies one
at a time by numerical counting apparatus which registers the
counts.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 1.11
for class defined compositions and methods comprising a
radionuclide or intended radionuclide, including those for in
vivo diagnosing, and subclasses 9.1+ for a composition or
method of in vivo testing (diagnosing) a living body or for
an in vivo method of testing or analyzing a composition of
that class (424).
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, 1 for
processes for analysis involving steps for causing or
promoting a chemical reaction, regulating or controlling a
chemical reaction. This includes tests dependent upon the
chemical, i.e., proteinaceous reactivity of an enzyme as
opposed to its catalytic functioning provided for in Class
435. Measurements and tests when claimed in association with
chemical processes provided for in other Classes, e.g., 435,
208, 260, 423, etc., are classified in the class providing
for the chemical process.
Subclass:
5
Involving virus or bacteriophage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a virus
or bacteriophage or the agent used for the measurement or
test contains a virus or bacteriophage.
Subclass:
6
Involving nucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be tested or the composition in which
the test is conducted contains nucleic acid or the agent used
for the measurement or test contains nucleic acid.
(1) Note. The tests provided for in this subclass may
involve the determination of the mutagenic effect of drugs on
nucleic acid containing genetic materials such as genes and
chromosomes.
(2) Note. Nucleic acids for the purpose of this subclass are
defined as polynucleotides of three or more nucleotides.
(3) Note. Proper for this subclass is subject matter
involving the staining of microorganisms, cells, or tissues
specifically for and only for nucleic acid (e.g., DNA, RNA,
etc.) with stains such as Feulgen stain or acridine orange.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40.5 for subject matter involving microorganisms, cells, or
tissues stained with a composition providing contrasting
stains for the cell nucleus and cytoplasm (e.g., hematoxylin,
eosin, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
536, Organic Compounds, appropriate subclasses for
saccharides, polysaccharides, nucleosides, nucleotides, and
polynucleotides like RNA or DNA compounds as well as chemical
methods of synthesizing such compounds. Search specifically
23.1 for fragments of RNA or DNA which could have utility as
genes in recombinant processes and subclass 24.3 for probes.
Subclass:
7.1
Involving antigen-antibody binding, specific binding protein
assay, or specific ligand-receptor binding assay:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
in which a measurement or test utilizes an enzyme or
microorganism or plant or animal cells in an antibody
binding, specific binding protein or other specific
ligand-receptor binding test or assay.
(1) Note. Cross-Reference Art Collections 960 through 975
provide for different aspects of the subject matter of this
and the indented subclasses.
(2) Note. The enzyme or microorganism may function for
example, as an antigen, separating agent or detection label
in a test or assay.
(3) Note. Subject matter directed to identifying a specific
enzyme in a microorganism or tissue is appropriate for
subclass 7.4 below, however, determining an enzyme as an
indirect indication of a specific microorganism being present
is appropriate for the microorganism subclass.
(4) Note. Subject matter directed to determining the
presence of a specific microorganism is appropriate for the
specific microbial subclass below. For example, an assay for
determining a bacteria in an animal tissue sample is
appropriate for the bacteria subclass rather than the animal
cell subclass.
(5) Note. An indirect microbial determination, such as a
determination of a microbial product as an indication of the
presence of the microbe, is appropriate for the microbial
subclasses below. However, it is strongly suggested that a
patent containing such an indirect microbial determination be
cross-referenced to the subclass appropriate for the assay of
the product of the microbe.
(6) Note. Terminology used in this and the indented
subclasses is found at the end of this subclass definition.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
5 for processes in which a virus is involved, as for
example, as an antigen.
174 for immobilized enzymes.
183 for enzymes, per se, and methods of isolating enzymes.
188 for enzyme conjugates.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
184.1 for methods of immunizing with an antigen to induce
protective immunity in vivo. Class 424 provides for in vivo
antigen-antibody tests.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, for a
measurement or test involving antigen-antibody tests and
other ligand-receptor binding tests for the identification of
chemical species that do not involve a microorganism or
enzyme.
530, Chemistry, Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 387 for
antibodies, per se, subclasses 403+ for protein antigens or
the use of antigenic proteins as an immunogenic carrier for a
hapten, subclass 413 for immunological separation and
affinity chromatography, cross-reference art collections 806
for antigenic peptides or protein, and 807 for hapten
conjugated with peptide or protein, and 808 for monoclonal
antibodies.
600, and 604, Surgery, provides for methods including the use
of claimed specific structure adapted to be placed on or in
the living body and further include diagnostic or therapeutic
methods and apparatus when the only disclosed utility is for
diagnosis or treatment of a living body.
ANALYTE
The compound or composition to be measured.
SPECIFIC LIGAND-RECEPTOR BINDING ASSAY
The interaction between a ligand material and a receptor
which is specific to a class of compounds or a single
compound.
EPITOPE
A single antigenic determinant portion of the antigen which
combines with the antibody site.
LABEL
A member of a signal producing system which is usually bound
to or incorporated in the ligand. Measurement of the label
activity is an indication of the amount of unknown in the
sample.
LIGAND
Any organic compound for which a receptor naturally exists or
can be prepared; a linking or binding molecule.
RECEPTOR
Any compound or composition capable of recognizing a
particular spatial and polar organization of a molecule,
i.e., epitopic site on an antigen. The receptor material can
be isolated from a cellular material from a living body such
as a membrane or organ and exhibits great specificity to the
species to be tested for. A cell surface molecule which
binds specifically to particular proteins or peptides in the
fluid phase.
Subclass:
7.2
Involving a microorganism or cell membrane bound antigen or
cell membrane bound receptor or cell membrane bound antibody
or microbial lysate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
involving a microorganism or cell membrane bound antigen, or
cell membrane bound receptor or cell membrane bound antibody,
or lysate of a microorganism.
Subclass:
7.21
Animal cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.2. Subject matter
involving animal cells.
(1) Note. Though "whole blood" contains animal cells, the
mere presence of a "whole blood sample" in an assay or test
is not sufficient for placement in this and the indented
subclasses. Since "whole blood" is a complex mixture of
cells and liquid, classifying based on its presence might be
inconsistent. Furthermore, the "whole blood" aspect is
rarely of main importance, therefore, patents using whole
blood samples are more appropriately placed based on the
analyte of interest or on a reagent which is more specific,
i.e., cancer cell, lymphocyte, red blood cell, enzyme label,
etc., to one of the subclasses below.
(2) Note. "Animal cell" in this and the indented subclasses
is also intended to include tissue.
Subclass:
7.22
Parasite or protozoa:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.21. Subject
matter involving a parasite or protozoa.
(1) Note. Parasite is intended to include those animals
which live in or on and at the expense of a host such as
certain nematodes, cestodes, trematodes (e.g., tapeworm,
heartworm, Trichinella, etc.).
(2) Note. A protozoa is a single-celled animal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.32 for bacteria which may be parasitic.
Subclass:
7.23
Tumor cell or cancer cell:
Subject matter under 7.21 involving tumor or cancer cells.
Subclass:
7.24
Leukocyte (e.g., lymphocyte, granulocyte, monocyte, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.21. Subject
matter involving leukocytes such as lymphocytes,
granulocytes, monocytes, etc.
(1) Note. The subject matter intended for this subclass
includes, for example, a test wherein the leukocyte is a
reagent, the leukocyte type is determined, a leukocyte
surface antigen is determined, etc.
Subclass:
7.25
Erythrocyte:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.21. Subject
matter involving red blood cells or reticulocytes.
(1) Note. Examples of subject matter in this subclass are
red blood cell carriers, red cell surface antigen testing,
etc.
Subclass:
7.3
Flagellar-antigen or pili-antigen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.2. Subject matter
involving flagellar-antigen (e.g., (H)-antigen, etc.) or
pili-antigen, (e.g., (K)-antigen, etc.).
(1) Note. Flagellar - or pili-antigens are those which are
or are part of the flagella or pili of certain motile
microorganisms.
Subclass:
7.31
Fungi (e.g., yeast, mold, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.2. Subject matter
involving fungi such as yeast or mold.
Subclass:
7.32
Bacteria or actinomycetales:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.2. Subject matter
involving bacteria or actinomycetales.
Subclass:
7.33
Staphylococcus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.32. Subject
matter involving bacteria of the genus Staphylococcus.
Subclass:
7.34
Streptococcus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.32. Subject
matter involving bacteria of the genus Streptococcus.
Subclass:
7.35
Salmonella:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.32. Subject
matter involving bacteria of the genus Salmonella.
Subclass:
7.36
Sexually transmitted disease (e.g., chlamydia, syphilis,
gonorrhea, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.32. Subject
matter involving a sexually transmitted disease caused by
bacteria.
(1) Note. Common bacteria involved include Chlamydiae,
Treponema pallidum, and Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
5 for a sexually transmitted disease involving a virus.
Subclass:
7.37
Escherichia coli:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.32. Subject
matter involving Escherichia coli (E. coli.).
Subclass:
7.4
To identify an enzyme or isoenzyme:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which the measurement or test determines the identity or
quantity of an enzyme or group of isoenzymes.
(1) Note. Immunological identification of enzymatic
coagulation factors is proper for this subclass.
(2) Note. Determination of complement or complement
components is proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.6 for an assay or test involving a modified enzyme in a
capacity other than that of being identified or quantified.
7.7 through 7.8, for an assay or test in which an enzyme is
involved as a reagent.
7.8 through 7.95, for an assay or test in which an enzyme is
involved as a detection label.
Subclass:
7.5
Involving avidin-biotin binding:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
involving the binding of avidin to biotin.
(1) Note. The binding of avidin and biotin derivatives such
as streptavidin or iminobiotin is also included in this
subclass.
Subclass:
7.6
Involving a modified enzyme (e.g., abzyme, recombinant,
chemically altered, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
involving a modified enzyme which has been functionally
changed through recombinant DNA techniques, chemical
treatment, etc.
(1) Note. This subclass is not intended to include a mere
conjugation of an enzyme to an antigen or antibody, since the
function of the enzyme has not been changed.
(2) Note. An abzyme is an antibody with enzymatic
activity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.4 for a test or assay for determining the identity or
quantity of a modified enzyme.
Subclass:
7.7
Assay in which a label present is an apoenzyme, prosthetic
group, or enzyme cofactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which a label is present in the assay and is an apoenzyme,
prosthetic group or enzyme cofactor.
(1) Note. See subclass 7.1 for the definition of label.
(2) Note. An enzyme cofactor is a nonprotein substance
whose presence is required for an enzyme to exhibit its
catalytic activity and which undergoes a chemical change
during the catalytic cycle of the enzyme involved. A coenzyme
is a type of enzyme cofactor which is chemically modified in
the course of the reaction catalyzed by the parent enzyme.
Regeneration of the original form of the cofactor requires
its participation in a separate reaction that is catalyzed by
an enzyme other than the parent enzyme. A prosthetic group
is an enzyme cofactor which is chemically modified in the
course of the reaction catalyzed by the parent enzyme and is
regenerated by a second reaction catalyzed by the parent
enzyme. Prosthetic groups are bound to the protein portion
of the parent enzyme, such protein portion being known as the
apoenzyme and the catalytically active parent enzyme being
known as the holoenzyme.
(3) Note. Prosthetic groups and Holoenzymes. In the list
below, the prosthetic group (underlined) is first, follwed
by the conjugated enzyme.
(a) flavine adenine, glutathione;
(b) dinucleotide (FAD), reductase (human erythrocytes);
(c) flavin mononucleotide (FMN), cytochrome reductase
(yeast);
(d) FMN, NADPH: oxidoreductase ("old yellow enzyme");
(e) FAD, glucose oxidase (Aspergillus niger);
(f) FAD, lipoamide dehydrogenase;
(g) FMN, pyridoxine phosphate oxidase;
(h) heme, peroxidase (horseradish);
(i) heme, cytochrome C.
Subclass:
7.71
Assay in which a label present is an enzyme inhibitor or
functions to alter enzyme activity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which a label is present in the assay and is an enzyme
inhibitor or otherwise functions to alter the function of the
enzyme present in the analysis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.1 for the definition of label.
Subclass:
7.72
Assay in which a label present is an enzyme substrate or
substrate analogue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which a label is present in the assay and is an enzyme
substrate or substrate analogue.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.1 for the definition of label.
Subclass:
7.8
Involving nonmembrane bound receptor binding or protein
binding other than antigen-antibody binding:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which the measurement or test includes nonmembrane bound
receptor binding or ligand-receptor binding other than
antigen-antibody binding.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for enzyme-inhibitor
binding where the inhibitor is not a label, binding to
soluble or nonmembrane bound receptors or transport proteins,
etc. Specific examples include thyroxine-thyroxine binding
globulin, B12-intrinsic factor, cortisol-transcortin,
lectin-carbohydrate, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.71 for an assay where an enzyme inhibitor is present as a
label.
Subclass:
7.9
Assay in which an enzyme present is a label:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.1. Subject matter
in which an enzyme present is a label in the assay.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.1 for the definition of label.
Subclass:
7.91
Enzyme produces product which is part of another reaction
system (e.g., cyclic reaction, cascade reaction, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.9. Subject matter
in which the enzyme label produces a product which is part of
another reaction system.
(1) Note. The reaction system may be chemical or
enzymatic.
Subclass:
7.92
Heterogeneous or solid phase assay system (e.g., ELISA,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.9. Subject matter
in which the assay system requires at least one separation
step which allows differentiation of reacted from unreacted
material or requires that at least one of the immunochemicals
in the system be bound to an insoluble support material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for carrier-bound or immobilized enzymes.
188 for enzyme conjugates.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, 518
for immunoassays, not including Class 435 subject matter,
wherein a solid phase carrier is utilized.
Subclass:
7.93
Competitive assay:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.92. Subject
matter in which the heterogeneous or solid phase assay
involves competitive binding of immunologically similar or
identical compounds.
Subclass:
7.94
Sandwich assay:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.92. Subject
matter in which the heterogeneous or solid phase assay
involves the binding of polyvalent analyte antigen to an
antibody and a labeled antibody to obtain a measurable
antibody-antigen-antibody complex; alternatively, a second
unlabeled antibody and a third labeled anti-antibody can be
reacted with the antigen-antibody complex to obtain a
measurable result.
Subclass:
7.95
Indirect assay:
This subclass is indented under subclass 7.92. Subject
matter in which the heterogeneous or solid phase assay
involves the binding of antigen with analyte antibody and a
labeled anti-antibody thereby forming a complex.
Subclass:
8
Involving luciferase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains
luciferase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains luciferase.
(1) Note. Firefly extract or firefly lantern extract
contains luciferase.
Subclass:
9
Geomicrobiological testing (e.g., for petroleum, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the measurement or test is for the presence or absence
of mineral deposits or for the presence of microorganisms
which thrive in the presence of such minerals.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for detection of
underground deposits of petroleum or natural gas.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, 152.02 for well logging, per se,
wherein the logging is not determined by making a purely
electrical measurement or a purely magnetic measurement.
Subclass:
10
Involving uric acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains uric
acid or the agent used for the measurement or test contains
uric acid.
Subclass:
11
Involving cholesterol:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains
cholesterol or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains cholesterol.
Subclass:
12
Involving urea or urease:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains urea or
urease or the agent used for the measurement or test contains
urea or urease.
Subclass:
13
Involving blood clotting factor (e.g., involving thrombin,
thromboplastin, fibrinogen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a blood
clotting factor or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a blood clotting factor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, subclass 64.41 for apparatus used
for testing the ability of blood to clot.
Subclass:
14
Involving glucose or galactose:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains glucose
or galactose or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains glucose or galactose.
Subclass:
15
Involving transferase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a
transferase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a transferase.
Subclass:
16
Involving transaminase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
subclass where the material to be measured or tested contains
a transaminase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a transaminase.
Subclass:
17
Involving creatine phosphokinase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains creatine
phosphokinase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains creatine phosphokinase.
(1) Note. Creatine Phosphokinase is also known as creatine
kinase.
Subclass:
18
Involving hydrolase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a
hydrolase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a hydrolase.
Subclass:
19
Involving esterase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains an
esterase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains an esterase.
Subclass:
20
Involving cholinesterase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains
cholinesterase or acetylcholinesterase or the agent used for
the measurement or tests contains cholinesterase or
acetylcholinesterase.
Subclass:
21
Involving phosphatase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 19. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a
phosphatase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a phosphatase.
(1) Note. Phosphatase includes all of the phosphoric
monoester hydrolases (ICE classification 3.1.3) including the
phytases and the nucleotidases.
Subclass:
22
Involving amylase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains amylase
or the agent used for the measurement or test contains
amylase.
Subclass:
23
Involving proteinase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains
proteinase (endopeptidase) or the agent used for the
measurement or test contains a proteinase (endopeptidase).
(1) Note. Enzymes included in this subclass are trypsin,
pepsin, ficin, bromelin, papain, renin.
(2) Note. Where the hydrolytic activity of an enzyme on a
protein or polypeptide is unclear it should be presumed to be
an endopeptidase, classifiable in subclass 23.
Subclass:
24
Involving peptidase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a
peptidase (exopeptidase) or the agent used for the
measurement or test contains a peptidase (exopeptidase).
Subclass:
25
Involving oxidoreductase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains an
oxidoreductase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains an oxidoreductase.
Subclass:
26
Involving dehydrogenase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 25. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains a
dehydrogenase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains a dehydrogenase.
Subclass:
27
Involving catalase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 25. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains catalase
or the agent used for the measurement or test contains
catalase.
Subclass:
28
Involving peroxidase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 25. Subject matter
where the material to be measured or tested contains
peroxidase or the agent used for the measurement or test
contains peroxidase.
Subclass:
29
Involving viable microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject matter
where the material to be tested contains a microorganism or
the agent used for the measurement or test contains a
microorganism.
(1) Note. A microorganism for the purposes of this subclass
includes actinomycetates, unicellular algae, bacteria, fungi
(including yeast), plant cells, and animal cells.
(2) Note. If there is no clear disclosure as to whether the
microorganism or cell is viable or nonliving, it shall be
presumed to be viable and therefore appropriate for this or
the indented subclasses. However, due to the uncertainty of
the viability of the microorganism or cell, placement of a
cross reference in the most appropriate place in this class,
subclasses 40.5+ for nonliving microorganisms or cells is
strongly recommended.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40.5 for measuring or testing processes involving fixed or
stabilized nonliving microorganisms, cells, or tissues.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 94.11 for
reactive treatment of biological specimens as by a bleach or
dye.
250, Radiant Energy, for methods and apparatus for detecting
radiant energy.
427, Coating Processes, 2.1 for coating a biological
specimen for a medical test and when not provided for in
Class 435.
Subclass:
30
Methods of sampling or inoculating or spreading a sample;
methods of physically isolating an intact microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Processes in
which (a) a series of sampling steps are claimed in which a
sample containing a microorganism is separated or recovered
from a larger body of material before or while performing a
measurement or test, or (b) a sample is brought into contact
with a measuring or testing media to result in a particular
geometric pattern or at a particular varying flow rate.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for sampling when claimed
by a series of sampling process steps, i.e., not sampling by
name only.
(2) Note. This subclass provides for applying the sample in
a particularly claimed varying flow rate or pattern or path
other than merely a single straight line.
(3) Note. Mere nonpattern applications such as dipping or
spaying is not included herein.
(4) Note. Included in this subclass is a test or
measurement which includes a swab streaking procedure or
centrifugal density separation step.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
243 for sampling, inoculating, spreading a sample or
physical isolation of samples which are not claimed as part
of a test.
292 for inoculation and sampling apparatus.
Subclass:
31
Testing for sterility condition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Subject matter
wherein the efficacy of a prior step intended to destroy
living organisms is assessed by attempting to culture a
microorganism which has been exposed to such treatment and
determining subsequent growth or by exposing an enzyme to
such treatment and subsequently testing for enzymatic
activity.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass is the use of a living
microorganism as the test agent or the use of enzymes which
simulate the living microorganism's ability to survive as a
test agent.
Subclass:
32
Testing for antimicrobial activity of a material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Subject matter
where the in vitro ability of a material to kill or inhibit
the growth of microorganisms is determined.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for (a) a determination of
the sensitivity of a microorganism to known antibiotics, and
(b) determining the presence or amount of an antibiotic or
toxicant in a sample.
Subclass:
33
Using multifield media:
This subclass is indented under subclass 32. Subject matter
where the test field contains more than one zone or area.
(1) Note. Zones or areas can contain different
concentrations of the same antibiotic or different
antibiotics and are generally separated by an identifiable
boundary.
(2) Note. Media as used in this subclass includes culture
media which sustains growth and medias which kill or inhibit
certain microorganisms.
Subclass:
34
Determining presence or kind of microorganism; use of
selective media:
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Subject matter
where the presence of or identity of a microorganism is
determined.
(1) Note. Included herein are test media that contains
chemicals which change or remain unchanged in color or other
physical appearance due to the action of or the absence of
action of the microorganisms on the test media.
(2) Note. This subclass includes but is not restricted to
testing of biological samples.
(3) Note. Test media includes culture media plus a
chromosphere.
(4) Note. This subclass includes determining the metabolic
character of a microorganism, i.e., the production or
consumption of a particular metabolite.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
32 and 33, for similar process used to test for
antimicrobial sensitivity.
Subclass:
35
Using radioactive material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter
where the test media contains an assimilable radioactive
labeled compound.
Subclass:
36
Streptococcus; staphylococcus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter
where the microorganisms involved are Streptococcus or
Staphylococcus or the agent is specific for indicating the
presence or absence of Streptococcus or Staphylococcus.
Subclass:
37
Nitrate to nitrite reducing bacteria:
This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter
where the microorganisms involved are nitrite forming
bacteria or the agent is specific for indicating the presence
or absence of nitrite forming bacteria.
(1) Note. It should be generally presumed that the presence
of the nitrite is due to bacterial conversion of nitrate to
nitrite.
(2) Note. Included here are detection of nitrite in
materials, such as an indication of bacteria.
Subclass:
38
Enterobacteria:
This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter
where the microorganism involved is an enterobacteria or the
agent is specific for indicating the presence or absence of
enterobacteria.
Subclass:
39
Quantitative determination:
This subclass is indented under subclass 34. Subject matter
where the number or concentration of living microorganisms in
the material is found.
(1) Note. The identity of the microorganism is not
necessarily known.
(2) Note. Included herein are tests for the purity of
water.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
for the use of an optical element such as a lens of a
microscope for magnification for counting particles such as
bacteria colonies one by one.
Subclass:
40
Using multifield media:
This subclass is indented under subclass 39. Subject matter
which uses a test substrate that has more than one test zone
or area.
(1) Note. Zones or areas can contain different
concentrations of the same antibiotic or different antibiotic
and are generally separated by an identifiable boundary.
Subclass:
40.5
Involving fixed or stabilized, nonliving microorganism, cell,
or tissue (e.g., processes of staining, stabilizing,
dehydrating, etc.; compositions used therefore, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Subject where
the material to be tested contains fixed or stabilized,
nonliving microorganisms, cells, or tissues or the agent used
for the measurement or test contains fixed or stabilized,
nonliving microorganisms, cells, or tissues.
(1) Note. If there is no clear disclosure as to whether the
microorganism or cell is nonliving or viable, it shall be
presumed to be viable and therefore appropriate for this
class, subclasses 29+. However, due to the uncertainty of
the viability of the microorganism or cell, placement of a
cross reference in this or the indented subclasses is
strongly recommended.
(2) Note. This and the indented subclasses are intended to
take compositions used to aid in the microscopic study (e.g.,
light, scanning or transmission electron microscopy, etc.) of
microorganisms, cells, and tissues such as those used for
staining, clarifying, firming, fixing, or dehydrating a
microorganism, cell, or tissue for microscopic examination as
well as the methods for preparing the microorganisms, cells,
and tissues for examination and the processes of examining
them not specifically provided for elsewhere.
(3) Note. Fixation or stabilization of the microorganisms,
cells, or tissues on a slide may involve merely air drying
rather than a chemical fixation process.
(4) Note. Subject matter involving the staining of
microorganisms, cells, or tissues specifically and only for
nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA, etc.) with stains such as
Feulgen stain or acridine orange is proper for this class,
subclass 6. Subject matter involving microorganisms, cells,
or tissues stained with a composition providing contrasting
stains for the cell nucleus and cytoplasm (e.g., hematoxylin,
eosin, etc.) is proper for this or the indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for measuring or testing processes or compositions
therefore involving nucleic acid, nucleotide, or nucleoside
which includes processes of staining microorganisms, cells,
or tissues via in situ nucleic acid hybridization.
7.1 for test methods or compositions therefore involving the
staining of microorganisms, cells, or tissue with labelled
antibodies, ligands, or receptors.
14 for test methods or compositions therefore involving the
staining of microorganisms, cells, or tissues for endogenous
enzyme activity.
29 for test methods or compositions therefore involving the
staining of microorganisms, cells, or tissues with vital
stains; methods or compositions involving the microscopic
observation of live microorganisms or cells; methods or
compositions involving the counting of intact, live
microorganisms or cells not provided for elsewhere.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, 94.1 for treatment of
hides, skins, feathers and animal tissues, e.g., tanning,
particularly subclass 94.11 pertaining to treatment of
subcutaneous or internal tissues of animals, e.g., the
production of sutures, racket strings, etc., from gut and
various subclasses for compositions for dying materials of
any kind which may contain a microorganism or enzyme.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
appropriate subclass for a process of mounting a specimen by
a lamination process which process may or may not include the
step of staining, clarifying, firming or fixing the tissue;
and subclass 57 for the combination of coating a biological
specimen and then interposing the coated specimen between
glass plates.
250, Radiant Energy, for methods and apparatus for detecting
radiant energy not classified elsewhere.
356, Optics: Measuring and Testing, for methods and
apparatus for analyzing light, determining the optical or
nonoptical properties of materials, measuring optically
dimensions, determining optically spatial relations and
inspecting optically for flaws and imperfections within the
scope of this class and not otherwise classifiable. This
includes visual counting of blood particles, etc. with a
scale or spacer to aid the eye, counting and sizing particles
with visible light by statistical analysis procedures rather
than one by one numerical particle counting, etc.
359, Optics: Systems (Including communication) and Elements,
for microscopes and microscope slides.
377, Electrical Pulse Counters, Pulse Dividers, or Shift
Registers: Circuits and Systems, for a numerical counting
means for counting and/or sizing discrete particles such as
blood particles or bacteria colonies one at a time.
424, Drug, Bio-affecting and Body Treating Composition,
subclass 75 for an embalming and undertaking composition.
427, Coating Processes, 2 for coating processes wherein a
medical or dental product is produced and subclass 4 for
processes of coating a plant member or animal specimen.
434, Education and Demonstration, 295 for method, apparatus
or product related to teaching and pertinent to biology and
taxidermy, including models, cells, mounting and preserving
means, processes and taxidermy devices.
436, Chemistry: Molecular Biology and Microbiology, subclass
10 for particle count standards or controls such as platelet
count standards; subclass 521 for fixed or stabilized red
blood cells used as an insoluble carrier for immunochemicals
(e.g., hemagglutination, etc.).
Subclass:
40.51
Involving a monolayer, smear or suspension of microorganisms
or cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.5. Subject where
the fixed or stabilized, nonliving microorganisms or cells
are in the form of a monolayer, smear, or a suspension.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass is subject matter in
which the microorganisms or cells may be placed on a slide or
other surface for histological or microscopic examination or
may be automatically examined such as by flow cytometry.
(2) Note. Included in this subclass is subject matter
involving blood cell smears; cells prepared for
cytopathological analysis, e.g., analysis of cells that are
spontaneously exfoliated, mechanically dislodged by
irrigation, brushing, or scraping, or forcibly removed by
needle aspiration (e.g., Pap smears, etc.); urine sediments,
etc.
Subclass:
40.52
Involving tissue sections:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.5. Subject
matter wherein the fixed or stabilized, nonliving tissue is
in the form of a tissue section.
(1) Note. Since tissues and organs are usually too thick
for microscopic study, techniques have been developed which
result in thin, translucent sections. Therefore, for the
purpose of this subclass, tissue sections are tissues which
have been sliced so that they may be microscopically
observed.
(2) Note. Included in this subclass are all stages of
tissue processing in the preparation for and examination of
tissue sections, e.g., fixation, dehydration, embedding,
sectioning, etc.
Subclass:
41
MICROORGANISM, TISSUE CELL CULTURE, OR ENZYME USING PROCESS
TO SYNTHESIZE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes wherein the product is synthesized by a biochemical
transformation of matter, i.e., a transformation wherein the
transforming agent is a microorganism, or an enzyme or an
immobilized enzyme or an animal or plant cell culture or
organelles.
(1) Note. microorganism for the purpose of this subclass
includes bacteria, fungi (including yeast), virus,
actinomycetales unicellular algae, plant cells,
actinomycetales, and protozoa.
(2) Note. Synthesis for purposes of this subclass involves
the preparation of a composition or compound which did not
exist in the starting material, and does not include an
ancillary operation wherein a material is chemically modified
by an enzyme, cell bound free or immobilized, or
microorganism or animal or plant cell so as to degrade or
change the chemical structure thereof so that another
material which is in initial intimate contact with the
modified material can be recovered in a nonmodified form.
See in particular, subclasses 262+ of this schedule for such
liberation or purification processes.
(3) Note. As between Class 260 and this class (435) provide
an original home for all synthesis which include action by a
microorganism or enzyme.
(4) Note. Enzymes for the purpose of this subclass are
polypeptides or proteins or material containing the same
which are capable of chemically transforming matter, e.g.,
oxidation, etc., without undergoing a transformation itself.
(5) Note. Processes for producing an enzyme or
microorganism are excluded herefrom and are found in
subclasses 183+ and 243+.
(6) Note. Processes for the production of products in which
the structure is not disclosed should be placed in this and
the indented subclasses in the first appearing subclass which
takes an identified constituent of the product. Should such a
placement prove impossible, then placement is on the basis of
the microorganism's identity.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, for chemical
processes including electrical or wave energy methods.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for the synthesis of
carbon compounds by means not including a microorganism or
enzyme.
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, for the synthesis of
inorganic compounds or elements other than metals by means
not including the use of a microorganism or enzyme.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, for fermentation processes that are solely
disclosed or claimed in preparing an edible, and for mixtures
of enzymes or ferments solely disclosed or claimed as edible
or used in preparation of an edible. Class 426 provides for
compositions and processes of preparation relating to
compositions which have the capacity to ferment and produce
an edible, but which are claimed as being in an inactive
state, and also provides for compositions which are
undergoing a fermentation to produce an edible product.
Subclass:
42
Process involving microorganisms of different genera in the
same process, simultaneously:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein microorganisms of different genera are simultaneously
propagated on the same culture media.
Subclass:
43
Preparing compound having a 1- thia- 4- aza-bicyclo (3.2.0)
heptane ring system (e.g., penicillin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a
1-thia-4-aza-bicyclo (3.2.0) heptane polycyclic ring system,
i.e., [figure]
(1) Note. The media of the processes included in subclass
45 must contain the 1-thia-4-aza-bicyclo heptane ring system
compound.
Subclass:
44
By desacylation of the substituent in 6-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 43. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by the hydrolysis
of an acetyl group in the 6-position.
Subclass:
45
By acylation of the substituent in 6-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 43. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by substituting
an acyl group in the 6-position.
(1) Note. The media of the processes included herein must
contain the 1-thia- 4-aza-bicyclo heptane ring system
compound.
Subclass:
46
In presence of phenyl acetic acid or phenyl acetamide or
their derivatives:
This subclass is indented under subclass 43. Processes
wherein phenyl acetic acid or substituted phenyl acetic acid
or salts thereof or phenyl acetamide or substituted phenyl
acetamide or salts thereof is present during the synthesis.
Subclass:
47
Preparing compound having a 1 -thia -5- aza-bicyclo (4.2.0)
octane ring system (e.g., cephalosporin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a
1-thia-5-aza-bicyclo (4.2.0) octane polycyclic ring system,
i.e., [figure]
Subclass:
48
Di-substituted in 7-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes
wherein the polycyclic ring system synthesized contains two
substituents other than hydrogen in the 7-position.
Subclass:
49
Cephalosporin C:
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes
wherein the product contains 7-(D-5-amino-5-carboxy
valer-amido)-3-(hydroxy methyl)-8- oxo - 1
-thia-5-aza-bicyclo (4.2.0) -oct -3 -ene -3-carboxylic acid
acetate, i.e. [figure]
(1) Note. For purposes of this subclass, derivatives
include only metal and ammonium salts.
Subclass:
50
By acylation of the substituent in the 7-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by amide bond
formation, present with the nitrogen attached at the
7-position.
Subclass:
51
By desacylation of the substituent in the 7-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by cleaving the
amide bond with the nitrogen attached to the 7-position.
Subclass:
52
Preparing compound containing a cyclopentanohydrophenanthrene
nucleus; nor-, homo-, or D-ring lactone derivatives thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a
cyclopentanophenanthrene ring system, i.e., or the nor or
homo or D-ring lactone derivatives. [figure]
(1) Note. The phenanthrene ring system contains more
hydrogen than is present in phenanthrene.
(2) Note. Common atoms of two rings are considered to
belong to the rightmost ring.
(3) Note. Homo derivatives wherein the D-ring is expanded
to 6-carbons such as in Hellebrin are found here.
Subclass:
53
Containing heterocyclic ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Processes
wherein the cyclopentanophenanthrene ring system synthesized
contains an additional ring which is a hetero ring.
(1) Note. The hetero ring may be fused or bridged with the
cyclopentanophenanthrene ring system.
Subclass:
54
Acting on D-ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is formed by biochemical
transformation within the D-ring.
(1) Note. The hetero ring may be fused or bridged with the
cyclopentanophenanthrene ring system.
Subclass:
55
Acting at 17-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is formed by biochemical
transformation at the 17-position.
(1) Note. This subclass includes cleavage of the 17-side
chain with the formation of keto or hydroxyl groups at the
cleaved position.
Subclass:
56
Hydroxylating at 17-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has a hydroxyl group at the
17-position and is formed by the addition of an oxygen atom
to the pendant hydrogen atom.
Subclass:
57
Hydroxylating at 16-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has a hydroxyl group at the
16-position and is formed by the addition of oxygen to the
ring pendant hydrogen atom.
Subclass:
58
Hydroxylating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Processes
wherein a carbon atom on the substrate nucleus is
hydroxylated by the addition of oxygen to the ring pendant
hydrogen atom.
Subclass:
59
At 11-position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has a hydroxyl group formed
at the 11-position.
Subclass:
60
At 11 alpha position:
This subclass is indented under subclass 59. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has a hydroxyl group formed
at the 11 Alpha position.
Subclass:
61
Dehydrogenating; dehydroxylating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is produced by the removal
from the nucleus of a pair of hydrogen atoms creating an
unsaturated bond or the product is synthesized by removal or
addition of a hydroxyl group.
(1) Note. The mere shifting of unsaturated bonds from
adjacent positions such as from the 5, 6 position to the 4, 5
position is not a dehydrogenation.
Subclass:
62
Forming an aryl ring from "A" ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains an aromatic "A" ring
which is formed by dehydrogenation.
Subclass:
63
Preparing compound containing a prostaglandin nucleus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a five membered ring
having two side-chains in ortho position to each other, and
having at least one oxygen atom directly bound to the ring in
ortho position to one of the side-chains, one side-chain
containing, not directly bound to the ring, a carbon atom
having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond
to halogen, and the other side-chain having at least one
oxygen atom bound in position to the ring, i.e.,
prostaglandins having the structure, [figure]
Subclass:
64
Preparing compound other than saccharide containing a
tetracycline nucleus (e.g., naphthacene, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a naphthacene ring
system (i.e., see figure below) and nonsaccharide ring
unsaturated derivatives thereof. [figure]
(1) Note. Tetracyclines are properly classified here.
(2) Note. Saccharide derivatives are excluded herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
78 for saccharide derivatives.
Subclass:
65
Preparing compound other than saccharide containing a
gibberellin nucleus (i.e., gibbane):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains other than the
saccharide. [figure]
(1) Note. Gibberellic acid and gibberellins are properly
classified here.
(2) Note. Saccharide derivatives are excluded herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
78 for saccharide derivatives.
Subclass:
66
Preparing compound other than saccharide containing
alloxazine or isoalloxazine nucleus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains an alloxazine or
isoalloxazine ring system, e.g., and is not a saccharide.
[figure]
(1) Note. Riboflavin is not considered a saccharide
derivative for the purpose of this subclass and is therefore
provided for here.
(2) Note. Saccharide derivatives are excluded herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
72 for saccharide derivatives of these compounds.
Subclass:
67
Preparing compound containing a carotene nucleus (i.e.,
carotene):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains either the first or
second structures below. [figure] [figure]
(1) Note. Carotenoids having a cyclic group are properly
classified here.
(2) Note. Structures above can be partially hydrogenated
such as Phytofluene.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
166 for the acyclic carotenoid, lycopene.
Subclass:
68.1
Enzymatic production of a protein or polypeptide (e.g.,
enzymatic hydrolysis, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the enzymatically produced product is a high
molecular weight polypeptide of alpha amino acids or consists
of two or more amino acids linked by a peptide bond.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for peptones which are the
result of partial protein hydrolysis.
(2) Note. A peptide bond is defined as an amide linkage
between two amino acid residues.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for protein
containing coating or plastic compositions, particularly
subclass 4, 31.24, 31.57, 31.82, 31.94, 124+, 645+ and
indented subclasses.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, appropriate subclasses, especially subclass 63, 92,
105, 211, and 212 for edible protein compositions or products
and related process involving the same.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 474.4 for a
nonstructural stock material product in the form of a
composite web or sheet including a layer comprising protein,
and other appropriately titled subclasses (e.g., subclasses
435 and 458).
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins, Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 300
and 345 for peptides and reaction products thereof;
subclasses 350 to 427 for proteins and the reaction products
thereof; and cross-reference art collections 800 through 859
for antigenic peptides or proteins, methods of immobilizing
peptides or proteins, and the source materials from which
peptides or proteins are isolated.
536, Organic Compounds, appropriate subclasses, for nucleic
acids and processes of chemical synthesis thereof.
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, 10 for peptide or protein
sequence of four or more amino acids.
Subclass:
69.1
Recombinant DNA technique included in method of making a
protein or polypeptide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes which
involve the use of recombinant DNA techniques in a process of
synthesis of a protein or polypeptide.
(1) Note. An example of the subject matter in this subclass
is a process of producing a polypeptide which includes the
alteration of the genetic structure of a cell by use of
recombinant DNA techniques.
(2) Note. See this class, subclass 68.1 for the definition
of polypeptide or protein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
440 for processes using recombinant DNA techniques to alter
the genetic structure of a living microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 808
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, 4 for a method of using a
living transgenic nonhuman animal to manufacture a protein
which is to be isolated or extracted from the animal.
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, 10 for peptide or protein
sequence of four or more amino acids.
Subclass:
69.2
Enzyme inhibitors or activators:
Processes under subclasses 69.1 wherein the product
synthesized is an enzyme inhibitor or activator which is a
protein or polypeptide.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are the cloning and expression of antagonists to
enzymes for amino acid biosynthesis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
106 through 116 and 183-234, for enzyme inhibitors employed
in the production of amino acids.
Subclass:
69.3
Antigens:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is claimed or solely
disclosed as functioning as an antigen.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are cloning and expression of all polypeptide
antigens (e.g., viral subunit antigens).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.1 for antigens involved in an enzyme immunoassay.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
184.1 for compositions of that class which contain
antigens.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing,
subclasses 543-546 for antigens used as a testing material
in an in vitro test.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides, or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 806
and 807 for the product produced by the processes of this
subclass.
Subclass:
69.4
Hormones or fragments thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a hormone or a part of a
hormone.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are cloning and expression of polypeptide hormones
(e.g., mammalion growth stimulating hormones).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 399
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
69.5
Lymphokines or monokines:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a lymphokine or monokine.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are cloning and expression of interferon,
interleukin, lymphotoxin, or tumor necrosis factor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 85 for bioactive compositions containing
interferon.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 351
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
69.51
Interferons:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.5. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an interferon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 85 for compositions of that class containing
interferon.
514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 21 for compositions of that class containing
interferon.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 351
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
69.52
Interleukins:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.5. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an interleukin.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 21 for compositions of that class containing an
interleukin.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 351
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
69.6
Blood proteins:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a blood protein.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are cloning and expression of polypeptide of
immunoglobulin origin.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
70.4 for processes including the culture of blood cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 85.1
for composition of that class containing a blood protein.
514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 2
for compositions of that class containing a blood protein.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclasses
380-394 for the product produced by the processes of this
subclass.
Subclass:
69.7
Fusion proteins or polypeptides:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a fusion protein or fusion
polypeptide.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are the cloning and expression of a fused
polypeptide (e.g., tribrid protein).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 300 for the
product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
69.8
Signal sequence (e.g., beta-galactosidase, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.1. Process
wherein the product synthesized is a protein or polypeptide
with a signal sequence such as beta-galactosidase.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
183 through 234, for enzymatic signal sequences.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 300 for the
product produced by the processes of this subclass which
includes fused polypeptides.
Subclass:
69.9
Yeast derived:
This subclass is indented under subclass 69.8. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a protein or polypeptide
with a yeast derived signal sequence.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are cloning and expression of polypeptides attached
to a yeast signal sequence (e.g., alpha-amylose).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
183 through 234, for enzymatic signal sequence of yeast.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 300 for the
product produced by the processes of this subclass which
include fused polypeptides.
Subclass:
70.1
Using tissue cell culture to make a protein or polypeptide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein an in vitro tissue cell culture is used to produce a
protein or polypeptide.
(1) Note. An example of the subject matter included in this
subclass is use of a plant or animal cell culture to produce
polypeptides.
(2) Note. See this class, subclass 68.1 for the definition
of polypeptide or protein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
325 for the culture of animal cells absent the production of
a protein or polypeptide product.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, 10 for peptide or protein
sequence of four or more amino acids.
Subclass:
70.2
Fused or hybrid cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 70.1. Processes
wherein the product is synthesized by culture of fused or
hybrid cells.
(1) Note. Fused or hybrid cells include those resulting
from (a) the fusion of two cells, (b) the insertion of the
nucleus or chromosone of one cell into another or (c) the
treatment of a cell with an immortalizing agent which results
in a cell which will proliferate in long-term culture.
(2) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
and the indented subclass are use of lymphoblastoid hybridoma
cells to produce peptide hormones (e.g., insulin, calcitonin,
growth hormone, etc.) or monoclonal anti-bodies or use of
cells transformed with a virus or oncogene to produce a cell
line which will proliferate and produce proteins or
polypeptides in long term culture.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
326 for fused or hybrid animal cells, per se, which express
immunoglobulin, antibody, or fragment thereof.
346 for fused or hybrid cell, per se.
373 through 403, for various processes of culturing animal
cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 303,
307, 399, for the product produced by the processes of this
subclass which includes insulin, calcitonin, and hormones.
Subclass:
70.21
Producing monoclonal antibody:
This subclass is indented under subclass 70.21. Processes
wherein the product synthesized by the fused or hybrid cell
is a monoclonal antibody.
(1) Note. Subject matter in this subclass includes
production of monoclonal antibodies by hybridoma cells.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.1 for use of monoclonal antibodies in testing methods
involving a microorganism or enzyme.
326 for fused or hybrid animal cells, per se, which express
immunoglobulin, antibody, or fragment thereof. 373 through
403, for various processes of culturing animal cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
131.1 for bio-affecting compositions containing monoclonal
antibodies.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing,
subclass 548 for monoclonal antibodies used in a process of
immunoassay.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 387.2 for
the product produced by the processes of this subclass and
subclass 413 for the process of using monoclonal antibody to
separate a protein.
Subclass:
70.3
Animal tissue cell culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 70.2. Processes
wherein the protein or polypeptide product synthesized is
derived from the culture of animal tissue cells.
(1) Note. The term tissue cells is intended to
differentiate cells cultivated as a contiguous mass as
opposed to individual cells or fused cells.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
326 through 372.3, for animal cells, per se.
373 through 403, for techniques of culturing animal cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 95
for medicinal compositions containing animal cell extracts.
514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 21 for medicinal compositions produced by or
extracted from animal tissue containing a peptide.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 350, for
proteins, per se.
Subclass:
70.4
Blood (lymphoid) cell culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 70.3. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is produced by culture of
blood cells.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are interleukins produced by culture of blood
cells.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
69.5 for processes of producing lymphokines or monokines
through use of recombinant DNA techniques.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 351
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
70.5
Producing interferons:
This subclass is indented under subclass 70.4. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an interferon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
69.51 for processes of producing interferon through use of
recombinant DNA techniques.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 85 for compositions of that class containing
interferon.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 351
for the product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
71.1
Using a microorganism to make a protein or polypeptide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein a protein or peptide synthesized is produced by a
culture of a microorganism.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are eucaryotic antibiotics.
(2) Note. See this class subclass 68.1 for the definition
of polypeptide or protein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
243 through 261, for process of culturing microorganisms and
for microorganisms, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Therefore, 820 for
the product produced by the process of this subclass.
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, 10 for peptide or protein
sequence of four or more amino acids.
Subclass:
71.2
Procaryotic microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 71.1. Processes
wherein the microorganism is procaryotic.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter included in this
subclass are bacterial antigens and periplasmic proteins.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
252.1 for process of culture of bacteria and for bacteria,
per se.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 820 for the
product produced by the processes of this subclass.
Subclass:
71.3
Antibiotic or toxin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 71.2. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an antibiotic or toxin.
(1) Note. Examples of the subject matter in this subclass
are procaryotic antibiotics (e.g., polymyxin).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 2
for compositions of that class containing an antibiotic or
toxin which is a protein or polypeptide.
Subclass:
72
Preparing compound containing saccharide radical:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a saccharide or
polysaccharide, the monomeric units of which contain at least
five-carbon atoms, or their reaction products wherein the
carbon skeleton of the saccharide or polysaccharide of the
unit is not destroyed.
(1) Note. Included herein is cellulose, derivatized
cellulose, starch, derivatized starch, sugars, lignins,
tannins, o-glycosides, n-glycosides, and s-glycosides.
(2) Note. Processes wherein the product synthesized is a
degradation product which contains fewer than five-carbon
atoms are not provided for in this subclass but are provided
for in an appropriate subclass below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
137 for sugar acids.
158 for sugar alcohols.
262 for processes of liberation or purification of
carbohydrates using a biochemical reaction.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
127, Sugar, Starch, and Carbohydrates, for the hydrolysis of
carbohydrates including their conversion to sugar by means
other than a microorganism or enzyme. Class 127 will provide
for such processes using an enzyme or microorganism only
where the hydrolysis by microorganism or enzyme is followed
by steps of concentration, purification, or treatment (such
as crystallization) to make a sugar or syrup.
536, Organic Compounds, for the chemical manufacture or
synthesis of sugar or carbohydrates by a process other than
hydrolysis and the rearrangement of one carbohydrate to form
another carbohydrate by means other than a microorganism or
enzyme. Search 22.1 for N-glycosides (e.g., nucleosides,
nucleotides, polynucleotides) and more specifically
subclasses 23.1+ for fragments of RNA or DNA which could have
utility as genes in recombinant processes and subclasses
26.4+ for vitamin B-12 and its derivatives.
Subclass:
73
Preparing S-glycoside (e.g, lincomycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a thioacetal derivative of
a cyclic form of sugar in which the hydrogen atom of the
hemithioacetal sulfhydryl group has been replaced by an
alkyl, aralkyl, or aryl group.
(1) Note. An S-glycoside is a compound having a sugar
moiety connected to an aglycone moiety via a sulfur.
(2) Note. The aglycone is a nonsaccharide material, e.g.,
benzene, indoxyl, anthracene, etc.
(3) Note. On complete hydrolysis S-glycosides yield one or
more monosaccharides, and a mono or a polyhydric thiol or
thiol phenol.
(4) Note. The cyclic sugars referred to in the definitions
are normally pyranoses or furanoses.
(5) Note. Gyclosides derived from aldoses are referred to
as aldosides, and those from ketoses are ketosides.
Subclass:
74
Preparing O-glycoside (e.g, glucosides, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acetal derivative of a
cyclic form of sugars in which the hydrogen atom of the
hemiacetal hydroxyl has been replaced by an alkyl, aralkyl,
or aryl group.
(1) Note. An O-glycoside is a compound having a sugar
moiety connected to an aglycone moiety via oxygen.
(2) Note. The aglycone is a nonsaccharide material, e.g.,
benzene, indoxyl, anthracene, etc.
(3) Note. On complete hydrolysis O-glycosides yield one or
more monosaccharides, and a mono or polyhydric alcohol or
phenol.
(4) Note. The cyclic sugars referred to in the definitions
are normally pyranoses or furanoses.
(5) Note. Glycosides derived from aldoses are referred to
as aldosides, and those from ketoses are ketosides.
Subclass:
75
Oxygen of the saccharide radical is directly bonded to a
nonsaccharide heterocyclic ring or a fused- or bridged-ring
system which contains a nonsaccharide heterocyclic ring
(e.g., coumermycin, novobiocin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Processes
wherein a nonsaccharide heterocyclic ring or a fused or
bridged- ring system which contains a nonsaccharide
heterocyclic ring is attached to an oxygen of the saccharide
radical, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
76
The hetero ring has eight or more ring members and only
oxygen as ring hetero atoms (e.g., erythromycin, spiramycin,
nystatin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 75. Processes
wherein the nonsaccharide heterocyclic ring has eight or more
ring members and only oxygen as the ring heteroatom, e.g.,
[figure]
Subclass:
77
Oxygen atom of the saccharide radical is directly linked
through only acyclic carbon atoms to a nonsaccharide
heterocyclic ring (e.g., bleomycin, phleomycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Processes
wherein the Heterocyclic ring is directly linked to an oxygen
atom of the saccharide radical directly through only acyclic
carbon atoms, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
78
Oxygen atom of the saccharide radical is directly bonded to a
condensed ring system having three or more carbocyclic rings
(e.g., dauomycin, adriamycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Processes
wherein a condensed ring system having three or more
carbocyclic rings is directly bonded to an oxygen atom of the
saccharide radical, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
79
Oxygen atom of the saccharide radical is bonded to a
cyclohexyl radical (e.g., kasugamycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Processes
wherein a cyclohexyl radical is bonded to an oxygen atom of
the saccharide radical, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
80
Cyclohexyl radical is substituted by two or more nitrogen
atoms (e.g., destomycin, neamin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Processes
wherein two or more nitrogen atoms are attached to the
cyclohexyl radical, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
81
Cyclohexyl radical is attached directly to a nitrogen atom of
two or more N-C(=N)-N radicals (e.g., streptomycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Processes
wherein nitrogen atoms of two or more N-C(=N)-N radicals are
bonded to the cyclohexyl radical, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
82
Having two saccharide radicals bonded through only oxygen to
adjacent ring carbons of the cyclohexyl radical (e.g.,
ambutyrosin, ribostamycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Processes
wherein the cyclohexyl radical is separately, independently
bonded to two or more oxygen atoms of saccharide radicals at
adjacent ring carbons, e.g., [figure]
Subclass:
83
Containing three or more saccharide radicals (e.g.,
liquidomycin, neomycin, lividomycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 82. Processes
wherein the cyclohexyl radical is bonded directly or
indirectly to three or more saccharide radicals, e.g.,
[figure]
Subclass:
84
Preparing nitrogen-containing saccharide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has a nitrogen-containing
group bonded to a chain carbon of the saccharide or
polysaccharide.
Subclass:
85
N-glycoside:
This subclass is indented under subclass 84. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a glycosidic derivative of
the cyclic forms of saccharides or polysaccharides in which
the aglycone portion is attached through nitrogen to the
saccharide moiety by substituting it for the hemiacetal
hydroxyl of the sugar.
(1) Note. The aglycone can be noncyclic.
(2) Note. N-glycosides in which the aglycone is purine or
pyrimidine in which the ring structure is intact are provided
for in subclasses 87 and 89. Compounds such as those below
are not considered to be within this meaning and thus, are
here in subclass 85 [figure] [caption]6-azauracil riboside
[figure] [caption] or 8-azaguanine riboside
Subclass:
86
Cobalamin (i.e., vitamin B[subscrpt]12[end subscrpt],LLD
factor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Processes
wherein the product synthesized has the following structure:
[figure]
Subclass:
87
Nucleoside:
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Processes
wherein the nitrogen is part of a purine or pyrimidine or a
substituted purine or pyrimidine ring and the product
synthesized does not contain phosphorus.
(1) Note. Substituted purine or pyrimidine includes only
those derivatives which are substituted on rather than in the
respective ring positions, (i.e., the structures below) is
present in the structure. The internal ring bonding may be
altered by tautomerism or by the addition of substituents
without excluding a compound from this subclass. [figure]
Subclass:
88
Having a fused ring containing a six-membered ring having two
N-atoms in the same ring (e.g., purine nucleosides, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 87. Processes
wherein the nitrogen is part of a purine or substituted
purine ring.
(1) Note. See subclass 17, Note (1) for a definition of
substituted.
Subclass:
89
Nucleotide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Processes
wherein the nitrogen is part of a purine or pyrimidine or a
substituted purine or pyrimidine ring and the compound
additionally contains a phosphoric acid residue esterified to
one of the hydroxyl groups of a saccharide moiety.
Subclass:
90
Dinucleotide (e.g., NAD, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 89. Processes
wherein the product contains only two nucleotides joined
through esterified phosphoric acid residues.
(1) Note. See subclass 87, Note (1) for definition of the
term substituted.
Subclass:
91.1
Polynucleotide (e.g., nucleic acid, oligonucleotide, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 89. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is (see image below) where
"n" is a whole number greater than 2, R' is H or OH, and R is
purine or pyrimidine or a substituted purine or pyrimidine.
[figure]
(1) Note. The two purines, adenine and guanine, are found
in both deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid
(RNA). The pyrimidine cytosine is found in both DNA and RNA
while the pyrimidine thymine is found only in DNA and the
pyrimidine uracil appears only in RNA.
(2) Note. This and the indented subclasses are intended to
include processes wherein the polynucleotide synthesized did
not exist as such in the starting material. The synthesized
material may be entirely different from the starting
material, or it may have a substituted, deleted, or added
nucleotide or nucleotides.
(3) Note. Substituted purine or pyrimidine includes only
those derivatives which are substituted on, rather than in
the respective ring positions.
(4) Note. If the disclosure is unclear as to what kind of
polynucleotide is being made (i.e., RNA or DNA) the subject
matter should be classified in the first appearing
appropriate subclass for either RNA or DNA and
cross-referenced to other appropriate subclasses for RNA or
DNA. Unless the subject matter is directed to an acellular
amplification process, synthesis of RNA is intended for
subclasses 91.3+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91.3 for processes wherein the product synthesized contains
only ribonucleotide monomers.
270 for methods of removing nucleic acid from intact or
disrupted cells by the use of an enzyme or microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
536, Organic Compounds, 22.1 for nucleic acids, per se, and
for methods of making nucleic acids which do not involve use
of an enzyme or microorganism in the process.
Subclass:
91.2
Acellular exponential or geometric amplification (e.g., PCR,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.1. Processes
which result in a geometric or exponential increase in the
number of copies of a nucleotide sequence or sequences,
rather than an arithmetic increase which occurs in the making
of a single complementary copy of a nucleotide, wherein such
processes take place without the involvement of viruses,
eukaryotic cells, or prokaryotic cells.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass is the polymerase chain
reaction (PCR). PCR is an in vitro DNA amplification system
that uses repeated cycles of oligonucleotide-directed DNA
synthesis to selectively generate multiple copies of a
specific DNA segment. It involves repeated cycles of (a)
denaturation or strand displacement of the DNA, (b) annealing
of two oligonucleotide primers that flank the DNA segment to
be amplified, and (c) extension of the annealed primers with
DNA polymerase.
(2) Note. Processes which result in an arithmetic increase
in the number of copies of a nucleotide sequence, such as
occurs in the making of a single complementary copy of a
nucleotide sequence, are proper for subclasses 91.3+ if the
nucleotide is a ribonucleotide and either subclass 91.1 or
subclasses 91.5+, depending on the process details, if the
nucleotide is other than a ribonucleotide.
Subclass:
91.21
Involving the making of multiple RNA copies:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.2. Processes
which result in a geometric or exponential, rather than an
arithmetic increase in the number of copies of a
ribonucleotide sequence or sequences.
(1) Note. Transcription amplification is included in this
subclass.
Subclass:
91.3
Polynucleotide contains only ribonucleotide monomers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.1. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is (see image below): where
"n" is a whole number greater than 2 and R is purine or
pyrimidine or a substituted purine or pyrimidine.
[figure]
(1) Note. The two purines, adenine and guanine, and the two
pyrimidines, cytosine and uracil, are used in ribonucleic
acid (RNA) synthesis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91.51 for acellular synthesis of RNA-DNA hybrid
polynucleotides.
Subclass:
91.31
Involving catalytic ribonucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.3. Processes
wherein a ribonucleic acid (RNA) acting as an enzyme is
involved as a reactant in, or as a product of, a process of
synthesizing a polynucleotide containing only ribonucleotide
monomers.
(1) Note. Catalytic RNA is also called enzymatic RNA or
ribozyme.
(2) Note. Catalytic RNA is RNA which can serve as an enzyme
acting on other RNA molecules in vitro as a (a)
dephosphorylase, (b) ribonucleotidyl-transferase, or (c)
sequence-specific endoribonuclease.
Subclass:
91.32
Prepared from virus, prokaryotic cell, or eukaryotic cell
culturing process:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.3. Processes
wherein the desired RNA results from the culturing of a
virus, prokaryote, or eukaryote.
(1) Note. A prokaryotic cell is one that lacks a defined
nucleus. Generally, the cellular DNA is in the form of a
single circular molecule not bounded by a membrane. The cell
wall is rigid and it has few distinct organelles. Included
in this group are bacteria and blue-green algae. A
eukaryotic cell is one that has a nucleus defined by a
nuclear membrane, which nucleus contains chromosomes that
comprise the cell's genome. Eukaryotic organisms may be
multicellular or single-celled and include cells from plants,
animals, fungi, and algae other than blue-green algae.
(2) Note. This and the indented subclass is intended to
include processes wherein the virus, prokaryote, or eukaryote
is a wild type, mutant, or recombinant.
Subclass:
91.33
Involving virus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.32. Processes
wherein a virus is involved in the production of the
polyribonucleotide.
Subclass:
91.4
Modification or preparation of a recombinant DNA vector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.1. Processes
involving the insertion, deletion, addition, or substitution
of a nucleotide or nucleotides in an already existing vector
or involving the creation of a new vector.
(1) Note. A vector is a DNA sequence (e.g., a plasmid,
cosmid, a viral or phage DNA, etc.) which is able to
replicate autonomously in a host cell.
(2) Note. Examples of processes intended for this and the
indented subclasses include cleaving a plasmid followed by
adding onto the plasmid a piece of nucleic acid and then
ligating the plasmid; linearizing and then ligating two
plasmids together; culturing cells and isolating vectors from
them, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
320.1 for vectors, per se.
Subclass:
91.41
By insertion or addition of one or more nucleotides:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.4. Process
involving the insertion of a nucleotide or a nucleotide
sequence into a vector or onto the end of a vector wherein
the result is a vector different from the starting vector.
Subclass:
91.42
Involving deletion of a nucleotide or nucleotides from a
vector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.4. Processes
involving the removal of an unwanted nucleotide or nucleotide
sequence from the vector structure wherein the result is a
vector different from the starting vector.
Subclass:
91.5
Acellular preparation of polynucleotide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.1. Processes
wherein the polynucleotide is prepared enzymatically (with no
virus, eukaryotic cell, or prokaryotic cell involvement in
the preparation step) which results in a new polynucleotide
or a polynucleotide different from the starting
polynucleotide.
(1) Note. Viral or cellular involvement, prior to the
actual polynucleotide preparation steps, is acceptable for
this subclass as is cellular replication of the newly made
polynucleotide, if said replication does not modify the
structure of the polynucleotide product.
Subclass:
91.51
Involving RNA as a starting material or intermediate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.5. Processes
wherein RNA is involved in the preparation of a
polynucleotide as a template for the polynucleotide or as an
intermediate in the process which results in the
polynucleotide.
Subclass:
91.52
Involving a ligase (6.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.5. Processes
wherein a ligase (6.) is involved in the preparation of the
polynucleotide.
(1) Note. Although ligase is the most common name used,
carboxylase, synthetase, and synthase are other names used.
Subclass:
91.53
Involving a hydrolase (3.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 91.5. Processes
wherein a hydrolase (3.) is involved in the preparation of
the polynucleotide.
(1) Note. While the systematic name always includes
"hydrolase," the recommended name is in most cases formed by
the name of the substrate plus the suffix "ase" (e.g.,
nuclease, phosphatase, etc.).
Subclass:
92
Having a fused ring containing a six-membered ring having two
N-atoms in the same ring (e.g., purine based mononucleotides,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 89. Processes
wherein the nitrogen atoms are part of a purine or
substituted purine ring.
(1) Note. See subclass 87, Note (1) for a definition of the
term substituted.
Subclass:
93
Mashing or wort making:
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product is mashed grain or wort which has been
prepared by a biochemical reaction utilizing malt, or malt
diastase, or a malt extract.
(1) Note. Malt, malt diastase, and malt extract are
considered to include a mixture of alpha- and beta-amylases.
(2) Note. Diastase (as distinguished from malt diastase) is
considered to be alpha-amylase.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
95 for products other than mash or wort produced by malt,
malt diastase, or malt extract.
99 for producing compounds containing saccharide radials by
diastase.
201 for the production of maltase.
202 for the production of diastase from microorganisms.
203 for the production of diastase from a fungal source.
204 for the production of diastase from a plant source such
as barley malt.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, particularly subclass 16, 28+, and 64 for processes
of producing mash or wort when combined with steps for
producing an edible, e.g., a beverage and the product of such
processes.
Subclass:
94
Produced by the action of an isomerase (e.g., frutose by the
action of xylose isomerase on glucose, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an enzymatically
isomerized polysaccharide or saccharide containing compound.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized isomerase preparation.
233 and 234, for isomerase.
Subclass:
95
Produced by the action of a beta-amylase (e.g., maltose by
the action of beta-amylase on amylose, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product is produced by the successive hydrolysis
of alpha-1, 4-glucan bonds in a polysaccharide from a
terminal end.
(1) Note. Malt and malt diastase are considered to include
a mixture of alpha- and beta-amylases. Products containing
saccharide radicals (other than mash or wort) produced by
malt, malt diastase, or malt extract are provided for here.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized beta-amylase preparations.
201 for beta-amylase type enzymes.
Subclass:
96
Produced by the action of an exo-1.4 alpha glucosidase (e.g.,
dextrose by the action of glucoamylase on starch, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is produced by the hydrolysis
of alpha-1, 4-glucan bonds of saccharides or
polysaccharides.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
105 for the production of dextrose by other methods.
174 for immobilized glucoamylase preparations.
205 for glucoamylase enzymes.
Subclass:
97
Produced by the action of a glycosyl transferase (e.g.,
alpha, beta, or gamma-cyclodextrins by the action of glycosyl
transferase on starch, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is produced by the direct
transfer of a glycosyl moiety from one saccharide or
polysaccharide to another, e.g., cyclo-dextrins, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized transferase preparations.
193 for transferases.
Subclass:
98
Produced by the action of an alpha-1, 6-glucosidase (e.g.,
amylose, debranched amylopectin by action of pullulanase,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product is produced by the hydrolysis of alpha-1,
6-glucan bonds in polysaccharides.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized enzyme preparations which may be used in
this process.
210 for the enzyme which may catalyze this process.
Subclass:
99
Produced by the action of a carbohydrase (e.g., maltose by
the action of alpha amylase on starch, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a saccharide or
polysaccharide produced by the enzymatic hydrolysis of a
polysaccharide.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for immobilized enzyme preparations which may catalyze
this process.
200 for the enzyme which may catalyze this reaction.
Subclass:
100
Disaccharide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a glycoside composed of
only two glucan moieties.
Subclass:
101
Polysaccharide of more than five saccharide radicals attached
to each other by glycosidic bonds:
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains five or more
saccharide moieties bonded together.
Subclass:
102
Pullulan:
This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Processes
wherein the polysaccharide is composed of glucose units which
are joined predominantly by 1, 6-glucosidic bonds.
Subclass:
103
Dextran:
This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Processes
wherein the polysaccharide is composed of maltotriose units
which are linked by 1, 6-glucosidic bonds.
(1) Note. Dextrin and Dextrine are not variant spellings of
"Dextran", instead they are respectively a starch hydrolysis
product and a variant spelling of dextrin.
Subclass:
104
Xanthan (i.e., xanthomonas-type heteropolysaccharides):
This subclass is indented under subclass 101. Processes
wherein the polysaccharide is prepared through the
cultivation of a species of Xanthomonas.
Subclass:
105
Monosaccharide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a monosaccharide.
Subclass:
106
Preparing alpha or beta amino acid or substituted amino acid
or salts thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an orgnaic compound that
contains both a basic amino group and an acidic carboxyl
group where a primary or secondary amino group is directly
bonded to the alpha or beta carbon.
(1) Note. This subclass takes compounds such as pantothenic
acid and amino acids that additionally contain heterocyclic
groups.
(2) Note. This subclass provides for the salt form as well
as the acid form.
Subclass:
107
Proline; hydroxyproline; histidine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
alpha-2-pyrrolidine carboxylic acid or
4-hydroxy-2-pyrrolidine carboxylic acid or
alpha-amino-4-imidazole propionic acid.
Subclass:
108
Tryptophan; tyrosine; phenylalanine; 3, 4,
dihydroxyphenylalanine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
alpha-amino-beta-phenyl-propionic acid or
p-hydroxyphenylaminoacetic acid or 2-amino-3-(3,
4-dihydroxyphenyl) propanoic acid or
1-alpha-aminoindole-3-propionic acid.
Subclass:
109
Aspartic acid (asparaginic acid); asparagine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
amino succinic acid or alpha-amino succinamic acid.
Subclass:
110
Glutamic acid; glutamine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
2-amino pentanedioic acid or alpha-amino-glutaric acid or
1-amino propane-1, 3-dicarboxylic acid or 2-amino glutaramic
acid or glutamic acid 5-amide.
Subclass:
111
Utilizing biotin or its derivatives:
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Processes
wherein biotin or biotin derivative is present in the
production media.
(1) Note. Biotin Derivatives include desthio-biotin,
biotin-d-sulfoxide, biocytin.
(2) Note. Molases and various carbohydrate and protein
hydrolyzates provide biotin.
Subclass:
112
Utilizing surfactant, fatty acids, or fatty acid esters
(i.e., having seven or more carbon atoms):
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Processes
wherein a surfactant or a fatty acid or a fatty acid ester is
present in the production media.
(1) Note. A fatty acid or its ester is defined as
containing seven or more carbon atoms in a single chain.
Subclass:
113
Methionine; cysteine; cystine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
2-amino-4-(methyl thio) butyric acid or
2-amino-3-mercaptopropanoic acid or 3, 3'-dithiobis
(2-aminopropanoic acid).
Subclass:
114
Citrulline; arginine; ornithine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
alpha-amino-6-ureidovaleric acid or 1-amino-4-guanidovalenic
acid or 2, 5 diaminopentaneic acid.
Subclass:
115
Lysine; diaminopimelic acid; threonine; valine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of 2,
6-diaminohexanoic acid or 2, 4 diamino-1,5-pentane
dicarboxylic acid or 2-amino-3-hydroxy butanoic acid or
2-amino-3-methyl butanoic acid.
Subclass:
116
Alanine; leucine; isoleucine; serine; homoserine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 106. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
2-aminopropanoic acid or 2-amino-4-methyl pentanoic acid or
2-amino-3-methyl pentanoic acid or 2-amino-3-hydroxypropionic
acid or 2-amino-4-hydroxy butanoic acid.
Subclass:
117
Preparing heterocyclic carbon compound having only O, N, S,
Se, or Te as ring hetero atoms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a carbon compound which
contains a ring composed of carbon and at least one element
from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, selenium,
tellurium, or oxygen and no other atoms.
(1) Note. Processes wherein the product synthesized is an
acid anhydride or lactone, or lactam are properly classified
herein.
Subclass:
118
Containing two or more hetero rings:
This subclass is indented under subclass 117. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains at least two hetero
rings.
Subclass:
119
Containing at least two hetero rings bridged or fused among
themselves or bridged or fused with a common carbocyclic ring
system (e.g., rifamycin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 118. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains at least two hetero
rings which are bridged or fused among themselves or bridged
or fused with a common carbocyclic ring system.
(1) Note. Ring systems containing two carbocyclic rings
fused to a common heterocyclic ring where each of the
carbocyclic rings share a hetero ring are included herein,
e.g., [figure]
(2) Note. A common carbocyclic ring system may contain
three or more carbon atoms and may be bridged or fused, e.g.,
[figure]
(3) Note. This subclass provides for compounds generally
referred to as alkaloids.
Subclass:
120
Nitrogen or oxygen hetero atom and at least one other diverse
hetero ring atom in the same ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 117. Subject matter
wherein the product synthesized contains a hetero ring which
contains at least two different hetero atoms, one of which is
either nitrogen or oxygen.
Subclass:
121
Nitrogen as only ring hetero atom:
This subclass is indented under subclass 117. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a hetero ring having
nitrogen as the only hetero atom.
Subclass:
122
Containing six-membered hetero ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 117. Processes
wherein the N-containing hetero ring contains six-members.
Subclass:
123
Oxygen as only ring hetero atom:
This subclass is indented under subclass 117. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a hetero ring
wherein oxygen is the only hetero atom.
Subclass:
124
Containing a hetero ring of at least seven ring members
(e.g., zearalenone, macrocyclic lactones, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains an O-containing
hetero ring of seven or more ring members.
Subclass:
125
Containing six-membered hetero ring (e.g., fluorescein,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
wherein the O-containing hetero ring has only six members.
Subclass:
126
Containing five-membered hetero ring (e.g., griseofulvin,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 123. Processes
wherein the O-containing hetero ring has five members.
Subclass:
127
Preparing compound containing at least three carbocyclic
rings:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Subject matter
in which the product contains three carbocyclic rings.
(1) Note. The rings need not be fused or contiguous.
Subclass:
128
Preparing nitrogen-containing organic compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product is an organic compound which contains
nitrogen.
Subclass:
129
Amide (e.g., chloramphenicol, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 128. Subject matter
wherein the product has the following structural group,
[figure]
Subclass:
130
Preparing sulfur-containing organic compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains sulfur.
Subclass:
131
Preparing organic compound containing a metal or atom other
than H, N, C, O, or halogen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product contains an atom other than H, N, C, O,
or halogen.
Subclass:
132
Preparing oxygen-containing organic compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product is an organic compound containing
oxygen.
Subclass:
133
Containing quinone nucleus (i.e., quinoid structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product contains the following structure, i.e.,
[figure]
Subclass:
134
Fat; fatty oil; ester-type wax; higher fatty acid (i.e.,
having at least seven carbon atoms in an unbroken chain bound
to a carboxyl group); oxidized oil or fat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a fat or fatty oil or
ester-type wax or fatty acis, oxidized oil or fat.
(1) Note. "Fats" and "fatty oils" are the glycerides of
higher fatty acids having seven or more carbon atoms.
(2) Note. "Higher fatty acid" is a monocarboxylic acid
containing seven or more carbon atoms bonded to a carboxyl
group, e.g., lauric, palmitic stearic, oleic, ricinoleic,
linoleic, and behonolic acids. Where there are several
unbroken chains of carbon atoms bonded to the carboxyl group,
one of the chains must contain seven or more carbon atoms.
(3) Note. Ester-type waxes and esters of a higher fatty
acid having seven or more carbon atoms and a monohydric
alcohol.
(4) Note. The conversion of fats, proteins, and
carbohydrates to fatty acids is a step in the anaerobic
digestion of sewage provided for in Class 210, subclasses
2+.
Subclass:
135
Carboxylic acid ester:
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains an ester group,
i.e.,O-R wherein R=alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, alkynyl.
Subclass:
136
Containing a carboxyl group:
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a carboxylic acid
functional group, i.e.,-CH which is either in the acid or
salt form.
Subclass:
137
Sugar acid having five or more carbon atoms (i.e., aldonic,
keto-aldonic, or saccharic acids):
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a polyhydroxy acid having
five or more carbon atoms.
(1) Note. The processes of this subclass typically involve
the oxidation of a carbohydrate and include the production of
aldonic, keto-aldonic and saccharic acids.
Subclass:
138
Alpha-ketogulonic acid (i.e., 2-ketogulonic acid):
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of:
[figure]
Subclass:
139
Lactic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid or salt form of
alpha-hydroxy propanoic acid.
Subclass:
140
Acetic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is ethanoic acid which by the
nature of the process can not be readily used as a food
product.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, subclass 17 for fermentation of alcohol to produce
vinegar. The oxidizing of alcohol to produce acetic acid as
a chemical compound is subject matter for Class 435.
Subclass:
141
Propionic or butyric acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is an acid with the
structure: [figure]
Subclass:
142
Polycarboxylic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains two or more
carboxylic acid groups.
Subclass:
143
Having keto group (e.g., alpha-ketoglutaric acid, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 142. Processes
wherein the polycarboxylic acid synthesized contains a keto
group.
Subclass:
144
Tricarboxylic acid (e.g., citric acid, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 142. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains three carboxylic
acid groups.
Subclass:
145
Dicarboxylic acid having four or less carbon atoms (e.g.,
fumaric, maleic, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 142. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains two carboxylic acid
groups and four or less carbon atoms.
Subclass:
146
Hydroxy carboxylic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 136. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains one or more hydroxy
groups.
Subclass:
147
Containing carbonyl group:
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a carbonyl group,
i.e., [figure]
(1) Note. This subclass provides for linear carbocyclic
acid anhydrides such as acetic acid anhydride.
Subclass:
148
Ketone:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains a keto group, i.e.,
[figure]
Subclass:
149
Cyclopentanone or cyclopentadione containing compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 148. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is cyclopentanone or
cyclopentadione or a substituted cyclopentanone or
cyclopentadione.
Subclass:
150
Acetone containing product:
This subclass is indented under subclass 148. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains acetone, i.e.,
[figure]
(1) Note. Molasses is not considered a grain or cereal
material for purposes of this subclass.
(2) Note. Care should be taken with the word "mash" to
determine if sugar, or grain or cereal material is intended.
(3) Note. This subclass does not include dihydroxy
acetone.
Subclass:
151
Substrate contains grain or cereal material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Processes
wherein acetone is prepared by biochemical transformation of
farinaceous material.
(1) Note. Molasses is not considered a cereal or grain
substrate.
(2) Note. Care should be taken with the word "mash" to
determine if sugar or grain-cereal is intended.
Subclass:
152
Substrate contains protein as nitrogen source:
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Processes
wherein the production media contains a protein as the
nitrogen source.
Subclass:
153
Substrate contains inorganic nitrogen source:
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Processes
wherein the production media contains an inorganic nitrogen
source.
Subclass:
154
Substrate contains inorganic compound, other than water:
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Processes
wherein the production media contains an added inorganic
compound other than water.
Subclass:
155
Containing hydroxy group:
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Processes
wherein the product contains a hydroxyl group, i.e., R-OH.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, subclass 97.5 and 124
for the treatment of source materials such as sulfite waste
liquor or black liquor to derive a specific carbon compound,
subclass 527 for the production of oxalic acids from waste
sulfite liquor.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, for fermentation to produce beverage alcohol.
Class 426 also provides for methods of clarifying alcoholic
beverages by fermentation.
Subclass:
156
Aromatic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 155. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains at least one aryl
ring.
Subclass:
157
Acyclic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 155. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is acyclic.
Subclass:
158
Polyhydric:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Processes
wherein the product synthesized contains two or more hydroxyl
groups.
Subclass:
159
Glycerol:
This subclass is indented under subclass 158. Processes
wherein the product is 1, 2, 3, propanetriol.
(1) Note. Glycerine is another name for glycerol.
Subclass:
160
Butanol:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is 2-methyl-2-propanol or
1-butanol or 2-methyl-1-propanol or 2-butanol.
(1) Note. Butanol is typically produced as a product in
fermentation process for producing acetone.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
150 for processes for producing acetone which also produces
a butanol by-product.
Subclass:
161
Ethanol:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is ethanol which is not
directly suitable for food or beverage use.
Subclass:
162
Multiple stages of fermentation; multiple types of
microorganisms or reuse of microorganisms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Processes
wherein ethanol is prepared by (a) two or more distinct
fermentation steps, or (b) by using microorganisms of
different species sequentially, or (c) by a process wherein
the microorganism is recycled and reused.
Subclass:
163
Produced as by-product or from waste or from cellulosic
material substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Processes
wherein ethanol produced as a by-product in a process for the
production of another chemical species or is prepared by the
biochemical conversion of materials containing cellulose or
unrefined waste materials of another process.
Subclass:
164
Substrate contains sulphite waste liquor or citrus waste:
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Processes
wherein ethanol is prepared by the biochemical conversion of
waste sulfite liquor or citrus waste.
(1) Note. Waste sulfite liquor is the residual material
obtained after the sulfurous acid treatment of paper pulp.
Subclass:
165
Substrate contains cellulosic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Processes
wherein ethanol is prepared by the biochemical treatment of a
cellulose containing material.
Subclass:
166
Preparing hydrocarbon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is a hydrocarbon.
Subclass:
167
Only acyclic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 166. Processes
wherein the only hydrocarbon product is acyclic.
(1) Note. This subclass is largely devoted to production of
methane.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
48, Gas: Heating and Illuminating, especially subclass 197
for processes of producing a fuel gas by anerobic
fermentation of sewage.
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, for processes whose primary
intent is to make a product of that class which may
incidentally produce a methane containing gas by-product.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, subclass 603 for
fermentative processing of liquid which may result in the
production of a methane containing gas. The following
criteria are determinative of placement in Class 210.
(1) Where water is the only disclosed liquid purified, the
patent will be classified in Class 210.
(2) Where the disclosure includes water, mineral oils and/or
other liquids, the patent will be classified: (a) In Class
210 if all the claims are broad as to the liquid. (b) In
Class 210 if several species of liquid are claimed and one
species includes waters. (c) In the appropriate art class if
some liquid other than water is the only liquid claimed
(e.g., mineral oils in Clas 208; organic compounds in Class
206). When the treatment of mineral oils and the treatment
of other materials (other than water) are claimed the patent
will be classified in Class 208.
Subclass:
168
Preparing element or inorganic compound except carbon
dioxide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product is an element or inorganic compound.
(1) Note. The exclusion of carbon dioxide is intended to
exclude carbon dioxide as a normal respiration product of
microorganisms.
Subclass:
169
Using actinomycetales:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by
actinomycetales.
Subclass:
170
Using bacteria:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by bacteria.
Subclass:
171
Using fungi:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41. Processes
wherein the product synthesized is prepared by fungi.
Subclass:
173.1
TREATMENT OF microorganismS OR ENZYMES WITH ELECTRICAL OR
WAVE ENERGY (E.G., MAGNETISM, SONIC WAVES, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes wherein a microorganism is subjected to electrical
or wave energy either prior to or during propagation, or
catalytically active enzymes are subjected to electrical or
wave energy.
(1) Note. This subclass does not include the treatment of
plant cells, tissues thereof, algae, or any microorganism
with light for the photosynthetic propagation thereof. Such
subject matter is provided for in Class 47 or in Class 435,
subclasses 410+ for plant cells and tissues thereof, and 243+
for algae and other photosynthetic microorganisms.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include the use of
electrical or wave energy for the purpose of sterilizing,
etc. Such subject matter is provided for in Class 422,
subclasses 20 through 24.
(3) Note. This subclass does not include the use of
electrical or wave energy for the purpose of detecting or
measuring microorganisms or enzymes. Such subject matter is
provided for in Class 435, subclasses 4+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
283.1 for subject matter including apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, for processes and
apparatus involving electrical and wave energy effects upon
chemical compositions, compounds, and elements not provided
for elsewhere.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 701 for
electrolytic treatment of biological material (e.g.,
sterilizing, etc.).
Subclass:
173.2
Enzyme treated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.1. Processes
wherein enzymes are subjected to electrical or wave energy
thus affecting the catalytic activity and/or physical
structure thereof.
(1) Note. This subclass does not include electrophoretic or
electrofocusing processes for the separation and purification
of enzymes. Such subject matter is provided for in Class
204, and in Class 435, subclasses 183+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
8 through 29, for subject matter involving measuring and
testing utilizing enzymes.
174 for subject matter involving immobilization of enzymes.
183 for subject matter involving enzyme and proenzyme
compositions and other processes for preparing, activating,
inhibiting, separating, or purifying enzyme or proenzyme
compositions.
817 for subject matter involving enzyme electrodes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 777.5 for
electrolytic analysis or testing involving an enzyme or
microorganism (e.g., animal or plant cells, bacteria, virus,
etc.).
Subclass:
173.3
Modification of viruses (e.g., attenuation, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.1. Processes in
which viruses are modified utilizing electrical or wave
energy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
5 for subject matter of measuring and testing utilizing a
virus or bacteriophage.
235.1 for subject matter involving a virus or bacteriophage,
particularly subclass 236 which involves other processes of
inactivation or attenuation.
440 for processes wherein the genetic material is altered.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, particularly subclass 492.1 for
processes of irradiation of objects or materials.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting, and Body Treating Compositions,
particularly 159.1 for a process involving the step of
immunizing an animal with a virus to produce a protective
antiserum, followed by the step of obtaining the protective
antiserum from the animal; subclasses 199.1, 201.1, 202.1,
and 204.1 for an immunologic composition containing a virus
(e.g., vaccines, etc.); subclass 93.6 for compositions or
products under the class definition which contain
nongenetically modified whole, live viruses. The mere use of
the word vaccine, etc., is insufficient for placement in
Class 424.
Subclass:
173.4
Cell membrane or cell surface is target:
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.1. Processes
wherein electrical or wave energy affects the membrane or
surface of a microorganism.
Subclass:
173.5
Membrane permeability increased:
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.4. Processes
wherein the permeability of a cell membrane is increased.
Subclass:
173.6
Electroporation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.5. Processes
wherein the permeability of a cell membrane is increased as a
result of an applied electric current.
(1) Note. The related process of electrofusion is provided
for in Class 435, subclass 450.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
440 for processes, including electrofusion, wherein the
genetic material of a cell is altered.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 450 for
electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes, in general.
Class 435 provides for processes and apparatus using
electrical or wave energy treatment of microorganisms or
enzymes when the treatment is solely disclosed for use with
viable microorganisms or catalytically active enzymes.
Subclass:
173.7
Lytic effect produced (e.g., disruption of cell membrane for
release of subcellular parts; e.g., nucleic acids, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.4. Processes
wherein electrical or wave energy is utilized to disrupt a
cell membrane (e.g., ultrasonic energy, etc.) for releasing
the contents of the cell or for producing membrane fragments
thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
259 for subject matter involving lysis of microorganisms.
Subclass:
173.8
Metabolism of microorganism enhanced (e.g., growth
enhancement or increased production of microbial product):
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.1. Processes
wherein the metabolic activity of a microorganism is affected
by electrical or wave energy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
235.1 for subject matter involving additional processes of
propagation of a virus or bacteriophage.
243 for subject matter involving additional processes of
propagation of bacteria, fungi, protozoa, or single cell
algae.
325 for processes of propagation, maintenance, etc. of
animal cells.
410 for processes of propagation, maintenance, etc. of plant
cells.
Subclass:
173.9
Concentration, separation, or purification of
microorganisms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 173.1. Processes
wherein electrical or wave energy (e.g. magnetism) is
utilized to concentrate, separate, or purify a
microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
235.1 for subject matter involving other processes of
purification of a virus or bacteriophage.
243 for subject matter involving other processes of
purification of bacteria, fungi, protozoa, or single cell
algae.
Subclass:
174
CARRIER-BOUND OR IMMOBILIZED ENZYME OR MICROBIAL CELL;
CARRIER-BOUND OR IMMOBILIZED CELL; PREPARATION THEREOF:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter which is an artificially produced composition
or complex or compound under the class definition containing
microbial cell or enzyme or individual plant or animal cell
which imparts to the enzyme or the microorganism or the
individual plant or animal cell the property of physical
confinement or localization during a continuous biochemical
process or the property of enhanced recoverability in a batch
process for repeated future use and processes for preparing
the same.
(1) Note. Immobilization results from covalent bonding
between an enzyme or microorganism and the carrier or an
ionic bonding between an enzyme or microorganism and a
carrier or sorption of an enzyme or microorganism within a
carrier, or entrapment of an enzyme or microorganism within a
carrier.
(2) Note. A carrier material may be either water soluble or
water insoluble.
(3) Note. Reaction or ultra filtration cells, vials, or
beakers which contain enzymes or microorganisms are not
considered to be immobilized complexes or compositions.
(4) Note. Enzymes chemically or physically bonded to a
water-insoluble matrix, enzymes contained within a polymer or
gel, enzymes absorbed on a resin are examples of immobilized
enzymes.
(5) Note. Proenzymes are considered to be enzymes for the
purpose of this subclass.
(6) Note. When a carrier is composed of more than one
material, the patent is placed in the subclass which
corresponds to the material to which the enzyme is bound,
e.g., a carrier which is a synthetic polymer coated metal is
placed in subclass 177.
(7) Note. The carrier material or the carrier material and
a covalent bond forming agent impart to the enzyme or the
microbial or plant or animal cell the property of physical
confinement or localization during a continuous process or
the property of enhanced recoverability in a batch process
which it did not possess prior to treatment with the carrier
material or carrier material and a covalent bonding agent.
(8) Note. A microbial cell for purposes of this subclass
includes bacteria, fungi (including yeast), actinomycetales,
animal or plant cells, unicellular algae or protozoa.
(9) Note. An enzyme conjugate, enzyme ligand, enzyme adduct
for the purpose of this subclass are deemed to enhance enzyme
stability.
(10) Note. In documents where it is unclear whether an
enzyme joined to a chemical moiety is an immobilized enzyme
or is an enzyme conjugate or adduct, the following factors
should be considered. A. If the document states that the
product is an enzyme conjugate, adduct or ligand bound enzyme
placement is proper in subclass 188.B If the ratio of
nonenzyme moiety to enzyme is in the range of 0.01-100:1
placement would be indicated in subclass 188. A ratio of
1-40 nonenzyme moieties per enzyme indicates placement in
subclass 188. C. If the molecular weight of the nonenzyme
moiety is less than about 100,000 placement would be
indicated in subclass 188. D. If the intended use of the
enzyme containing product is a reagent in competitive assay
placement is indicated in subclass 188. If the use of the
product is as a catalyst in the preparation of chemical
compounds with recoverability (i.e., insolubililty) an
important consideration, placement as an immoblized enzyme is
indicated in subclasses 174+.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, for processes of making glass
articles, particularly 447 for making a resin coated glass
fiber; and subclass 22 for making a porous glass article
which may find utility as an immobilization agent.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for protein
containing coating or plastic compositions, particularly
subclass 4, 31.24, 31.53, 31.82, 31.94, 124+, 645+, and
indented subclasses.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
77 for pore forming in combination with a laminating step.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, 263 and 660+ for
processes and apparatus for ion exchange or sorption of
components from a liquid; and subclasses 606 and 632 for a
process of use of an immobilized enzyme or microorganism to
purify sewage.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, various subclasses for
coenzymes or immobilized coenzymes; 112 for proteins or
polypeptides, per se.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 41 for significant molding processes which
include the step of pore forming in situ.
362, Illumination, for cells which are propagated fixed to a
surface.
424, and 514, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating
Compositions, especially Class 424 subclass 19 and 31 for
coated products which may contain a protein; Class 424
subclass 94.1+ for a composition containing an enzyme or
coenzyme including immobilized forms; and Class 514,
subclasses 2+ for a composition containing a protein.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, appropriate subclasses, for edible protein
compositions or products and related process involving the
same.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 474.1 for a
nonstructural stock material product in the form of a
composite web or sheet including a layer comprising protein,
and other appropriately titled subclasses, e.g., subclasses
435 and 458; and subclasses 304.4+ for a stock material in
the form of a composite web or sheet embodying a component
which is porous or cellular.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for resin
containing a chemically combined protein or biologically
active polypeptide which is other than an enzyme; see in
particular, Class 525, subclases 8+ and 54.1; Class 526,
subclass 238.1 ; and Class 527, subclasses 200+.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, 25 for an ion
exchange resin and the processes of making or regenerating
them; and subclasses 50+ for cellular or porous resinous
bodies and the process of preparing them.
Subclass:
175
Multi-enzyme system:
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Subject matter
wherein two or more functionally different enzymes are
immobilized on the same support material.
(1) Note. The use of a microorganism as a carrier is
excluded herefrom.
(2) Note. Functionally different means possessing differing
catalytic activities.
Subclass:
176
Enzyme or microbial cell is immobilized on or in an inorganic
carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Subject matter
wherein the carrier is an inorganic compound or metal alloy.
Subclass:
177
Enzyme or microbial cell is immobilized on or in an organic
carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Subject matter
wherein the support material is an organic compound.
Subclass:
178
Carrier is carbohydrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 177. Subject Matter
wherein the support material is a carbohydrate.
(1) Note. Derivatized starch, derivatized cellulose, and
derivatized polysaccharides are carbohydrates within the
meaning of this subclass.
Subclass:
179
Carbohydrate is cellulose or derivative thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Subject matter
wherein the carbohydrate is cellulose or a substituted
cellulose.
(1) Note. Examples of substituted cellulose are DEAE
cellulose, etc.
Subclass:
180
Carrier is synthetic polymer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 177. Subject matter
wherein the support material is a linear or cross-linked
polymer which is not naturally occurring.
Subclass:
181
Attached to the carrier via a bridging agent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 180. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme or microbial cell is bonded to the
polymeric carrier through an intermediate compound which
attaches to both the enzyme and the carrier.
(1) Note. The formation of the immobilized enzyme or cell
may be in a stagewise manner with a reaction between the
carrier and bridging agent being completed before the enzyme
is added or in a process in which the carrier, bridging
agent, and enzyme are present simultaneously in which case
some care should be exercised in distinguishing the process
of this subclass from mere entrapment. In general, if three
separate entities, i.e., enzyme and two different chemical
species are present simultaneously bonding through a bridging
agent should be presumed.
(2) Note. A product or process classifiable in this
subclass combines a polymeric carrier with a bridging agent
to provide functional groups for enzyme attachment. It
should be noted that similar functional groups can be
provided by formation of a polymeric carrier by
copolymerization of monomers one or more of which contain the
desired functional group for enzyme attachment and that such
would be provided for in subclass 180.
Subclass:
182
Enzyme or microbial cell is entrapped within the carrier
(e.g., gel, hollow fibre):
This subclass is indented under subclass 180. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme or microbial cell is physically trapped in
a reticulated polymer structure.
Subclass:
183
ENZYME (E.G., LIGASES (6.), ETC.); PROENZYMES, COMPOSITIONS
THEREOF; PROCESS FOR PREPARING, ACTIVATING, INHIBITING,
SEPARATING, OR PURIFYING ENZYMES:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Enzymes, per se, compositions containing enzymes, processes
for synthesizing enzymes, and preparing enzyme compositions,
processes for separating enzymes from a source material, or
purifying enzymes or processes under the class definition for
treating enzymes.
(1) Note. Enzymes, for the purpose of this class, are
defined as proteinaceous materials which cause a chemical
change in a starting material without being consumed in the
reaction with the remaining amount of enzyme generally, after
the reaction, the same as originally present.
(2) Note. Processes wherein a microorganism is propagated
and an enzyme recovered therefrom or processes wherein a
microorganism is cultivated in the presence of a compound or
composition which induces or stimulates enzyme formation are
included in this subclass.
(3) Note. The chemical changes catalyzed by an enzyme
include oxidation-reduction, transfer of methyl or phosphate
groups from one molecule to the next, hydrolysis,
nonhydrolytic bond cleavage, isomerization, bond formation in
the presence of a nucleotide, etc.
(4) Note. Enzymes conjugates, i.e., enzymes which are
labeled with relatively small organic molecules compared to
the enzyme, are included in this subclass.
(5) Note. Processes for treating enzymes include but are
not limited to processes for inactivating an enzyme,
processes for enhancing enzyme activity, processes for
forming granular or free-flowing enzyme compositions.
(6) Note. Proenzymes or precursors of enzymes are
classified with the related enzyme.
(7) Note. The bracketed numerals following the titles in
this and the indented subclasses refer to the nomenclature
system recommended by the Commission on Bio-chemical
Nomenclature on the Nomenclature and Classification of
Enzymes. The titles include the enzymes defined by the
bracketed numerals but are not limited to the enzymes so
classified.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 94.5 for medicinal compositions containing a
ligase.
507, Earth Boring, Well Treating, and Oil Field Chemistry,
subclass 101 for a composition which contains an enzyme and
which is specific to earth boring and subclass 201 for a
composition which contains an enzyme and which is specific to
well treating.
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, subclass 240 for enzyme or
protein sequence..
Subclass:
184
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Enzyme
inactivation by chemical treatment: Processes wherein the
enzyme is contacted with an element or chemical compound to
reduce its catalytic activity.
(1) Note. Processes such as the treatment of an enzyme
containing a sulfhydryl group in the active site with
mercuric salts, etc., are included herein.
(2) Note. Selective inactivation by chemical treatment to
obtain a greater proportion of certain enzymes is found in
this subclass.
Subclass:
185
Malt:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme containing composition is green, partially
dried, dried, kilned malt, or malt extract.
(1) Note. This subclass is intended to provided for
documents which germinate grain to produce a mixture
containing enzymes, i.e., malt rather than the use of grain
as a substrate for microorganism growth, e.g., ergot on rye
grain, etc. If the crude mixture is subjected to further
refinement to obtain a specific enzyme, placement should be
on the basis of the enzyme obtained.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
127, Sugar, Starch, and Carbohydrates, for processes of
hydrolysis of carbohydrates which include the action of
diastase only when the hydrolysis is followed by steps of
concentration, purification, or treatment, such as
crystallization to make a sugar or syrup.
Subclass:
186
Pancreatin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the product contains a mixture of amylopsin, trypsin
and steapsin (lipase) obtained from a pancreas.
Subclass:
187
Preparing granular- or free-flowing enzyme composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein an enzyme is treated to produce a solid flowable
product or to produce a product in the form of small discrete
particles.
Subclass:
188
Stabilizing an enzyme by forming a mixture, an adduct, or a
composition, or formation of an adduct or enzyme conjugate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein (a) the enzyme is contacted with an extraneous
material to impart to the enzyme a resistance to loss of
activity, or (b) the enzyme is reacted with a nonenzymatic
material to form a complex or a chemically modified enzymatic
compound, e.g., conjugate, ligand, etc.
(1) Note. An enzyme conjugate, enzyme ligand, enzyme adduct
for the purpose of this subclass are deemed to enhance enzyme
stability.
(2) Note. In documents where it is unclear whether an
enzyme joined to a chemical moiety is an immobilized enzyme
or is an enzyme conjugate or adduct, the following factors
should be considered. A. If the document states that the
product is an enzyme conjugate, adduct, or ligand bound
enzyme, placement is proper in subclass 188. B. If the ratio
of non-enzyme moiety to enzyme is in the range of 0.01-100:1
placement would be indicated in subclass 188. A ratio of
1-40 nonenzyme moieties per enzyme indicates placement in
subclass 188. C. If the molecular weight of the non-enzyme
moiety is less than about 100,000, placement would be
indicated in subclass 188. D. If the intended use of the
enzyme containing product is a reagent in competitive assay,
placement is indicated in subclass 188. If the use of the
product is as a catalyst in the preparation of chemical
compounds with recoverability (i.e., insolubility) an
important consideration, placement as an immobililzed enzyme
is indicated in subclasses 174+.
Subclass:
188.5
Catalytic antibody:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
involving an antibody that functions catalytically in a
chemical reaction.
(1) Note. Synonym is abzyme, etc.
Subclass:
189
Oxidoreductase (1. ) (e.g., luciferase):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes an oxidation-reduction reaction
between a donor and aceptor, e.g., AH[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt]+B=A+BH[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt], etc.
(1) Note. An oxidation-reduction reaction for the purposes
of this classification involves the transfer of oxygen,
hydrogen, or electrons from a donor to an acceptor.
(2) Note. A water molecule is not considered to be an
acceptor or a donor.
(3) Note. Oxidoreductases which catalyze a reaction between
a donor and acceptor are different portions of the same
molecule, i.e., an intramolecular oxidoreductase, are
considered to be isomerases and are excluded herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
233 for isomerases which are oxidoreductases which catalyze
a reaction between a donor and acceptor on the same
molecule.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 94.4 for medicinal compositions containing
oxidoreductases.
Subclass:
190
Acting on CHOH group as donor; e.g., glucose oxidase, lactate
dehydrogenase (1.1):
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Subject matter
wherein the donor is a compound containing a hydroxyl group,
i.e., -C-OH.
Subclass:
191
Acting on nitrogen-containing compound as donor (1.2, 1.5,
1.7):
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Subject matter
wherein the donor is a nitrogen compound.
Subclass:
192
Acting on hydrogen peroxide as acceptor (1.11):
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Subject matter
wherein the acceptor is hydrogen peroxide.
Subclass:
193
Transferase other than ribonuclease (2.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the transfer of a functional
group from one molecule to another, e.g., AR + BBR + A, etc.
(1) Note. Elements, e.g., hydrogen, oxygen, etc.,
electrons, or water, per se, are not considered for the
purposes of this subclass to be a functional group.
(2) Note. Functional groups include but are not limited to
methyl, hydroxyl methyl, formyl, carboxyl, carbamoyl,
amidino, acyl, amino acyl, hexosyl, pentosyl, glycosyl,
amino, oximino, phosphate, sulfur, sulpho, etc.
(3) Note. Transaminases, transacetylases, and kinases that
transfer phosphate from a nucleoside dior triphosphate to an
acceptor are examples of transferases.
(4) Note. Ribonuclease is excluded herefrom.
(5) Note. A transferase which catalyzes the cleavage of a
functional group from one part of a molecule and its transfer
to another part of the same molecule, i.e., an intramolecular
transferase, is considered an isomerase and is excluded
herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
199 for ribonucleases.
233 for transferases which catalyze the cleavage of a
functional group from one part of a molecule and the transfer
to another part of the same molecule.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 94.5 for medicinal compositions containing
transferases.
Subclass:
194
Transferring phosphorus containing group; e.g., kineases,
etc., (2.7):
This subclass is indented under subclass 193. Subject matter
wherein the functional group transferred contains
phosophorus.
Subclass:
195
Hydrolase (3.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the followingreaction; AB +
H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]O AOH + BH.
(1) Note. The compounds hydrolyzed are usually carboxylic
esters, thiolesters, phosphoric esters, sulfuric esters,
glycosides, ethers, peptides, amides, amidines, nitriles,
acid anhydrides, organis halides, etc.
(2) Note. Peptidases, esterases, glycosidases, and
phosphatases are examples of hydrolases.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass for medicinal compositions containing a hydrolase.
Subclass:
196
Acting on ester bond (3.1):
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of an ester
bond.
Subclass:
197
Carboxylic ester hydrolase (3.1.1):
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Subject matter
wherein the ester bond which is hydrolyzed was formed by a
carboxylic acid and an alcohol, i.e., OR.
Subclass:
198
Triglyceride splitting; e.g., lipase, etc. (3.1.1.3):
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of the ester bond
in triglyceride fats.
Subclass:
199
Ribonuclease (3.1.4):
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Subject matter
wherein the enzymes are phosphoric diester hydrolases that
act on nucleotides and nucleic acids.
Subclass:
200
Acting on glycosyl compound (3.2):
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of O-glycosyl
bonds or N-glycosyl bonds or S-glycosyl bonds.
(1) Note. Enzymes which hydrolyze mucin are classifiable in
this subclass.
Subclass:
201
Acting on alpha-1, 4-glucosidic bond; e.g., hyaluronidase,
invertase, amylase, etc., (some 3.2.1):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of an alpha-1,
4-glucosidic bond.
(1) Note. Amylase from Bacillus macerans characterized by
its ability to degrade starch in part to crystalline
nonreducing substances known as Schardinger dextrins is
included in this subclass.
(2) Note. In the absence of a clear showing to the contrary
the recitation of "amylase" is presumed to mean
alpha-amylase.
Subclass:
202
Alpha-amylase, microbial source:
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Subject matter
wherein the source of alpha-1, 4-glucano-4-glucanohydrolase
obtained is a microorganism.
(1) Note. In the absence of a clear showing to the
contrary, a recitation of "amylase" is presumptively
alpha-amylase.
Subclass:
203
Fungal source:
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the source of alpha-1, 4-glucan-4- glucanohydrolase
is a fungi.
(1) Note. Takediastase, koji, and taka-koji are
classifiable in this subclass.
Subclass:
204
Alpha-amylase, plant source (3.2.1.1):
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Subject matter
wherein the source of alpha-1, 4-glucan-4- glucanohydrolase
is a nonmicrobial plant.
(1) Note. An alpha-1, 4-glucan-4- glucohydrolace is an
enzyme that catalyzes in a random fashion the hydrolysis of
the alpha-1, 4-glucan bonds in carbohyrates that contain
three or more alpha-1, 4-linked-D- glucose units and does not
hydrolyze alpha-1, 6-bonds connecting D-glucose units.
(2) Note. In the absence of a clear showing to the
contrary, a recitation of amylase is presumptively
alpha-amylase.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
205 for hydrolases capable of hydrolyzing both alpha-1,4 and
and alpha-1,6 glucan bonds.
Subclass:
205
Glucomylase (3.2.1.3):
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme obtained is an alpha-1,
4-glucanglucohydrolase.
(1) Note. Alpha-1, 4-glucanglucohydrolase for the purpose
of this subclass is defined as an enzyme which hydrolyzes
alpha-1,4-glucan bonds and alpha-1,6-glucan bonds in
carbohydrates removing successive glucose units from the ends
of carbohydrate chains.
Subclass:
206
Acting on beta-1, 4 link between N-acetylmuramic acid and
2-acetylamino 2-deoxy-D-glucose (e.g., lysozyme, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme hydrolyzes a beta-1,4 glycoside bond
between N-acetylmuramic acid and 2-acetyl amino
2-deoxy-D-glucose moieties.
(1) Note. The hydrolysis of this subclass is usually of a
mucopolysaccharide, muco-polypeptide, or chitin.
(2) Note. Lysozyme is an example of an enzyme appropriate
for this subclass.
(3) Note. Cell lytic, bacteriolytic, lytic enzymes are
presumptively included in this subclass unless the document
indicates that the lysis (hydrolysis) is not of the bond
specified.
Subclass:
207
Acting on beta-galatose-glycoside bond (e.g.,
beta-galactosidase, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of
beta-galactose-glycoside bonds.
Subclass:
208
Acting on alpha-galatose-glycoside bond (e.g.,
alpha-galactosidase, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of
alpha-galactose-glycoside bonds.
Subclass:
209
Acting on beta-1,4-glucosidic bond (e.g., cellulase,
etc.(3.2.1.4)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of beta-1,
4-glucan bonds in polysaccharides.
Subclass:
210
Acting on alpha-1,6-glucosidic bond (e.g., isoamylase,
pullulanase, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 200. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of an
alpha-1,6-glucosidic bonds of a polysaccharide.
(1) Note. Dextranase and isoamylase are examples of enzymes
appropriate for this subclass.
Subclass:
211
Dextranase (3.2.1.11):
This subclass is indented under subclass 210. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme is alpha-1,6-glucan-6-glucanohydrolase.
(1) Note. Alpha-1,6-glucan-6- glucanohydrolase is defined
as an enzyme which hydrolizes dextran to oligosaccharides of
various lengths and upon complete hydrolysis of dextran
yields isomaltose and trace amounts of glucose.
Subclass:
212
Acting on peptide bond (e.g., thromboplastin, leucine
amino-peptidase, etc. (3.4)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of amide bonds in
proteins or peptides.
(1) Note. Exopeptidases (peptidases which hydrolyze single
amino acids from the terminus of peptide chains) and
enzymes having both exo- and endo-peptidase-activities are
examples of enzymes for this subclass.
(2) Note. Where the peptide hydrolase activity is unclear
or undisclosed and not ascertainable the activity is
presumptively that of an endopeptidase.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
227 for enzymes which hydrolyze the amide bond in compounds
other than proteins or peptides.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass for medicinal compositions containing a hydrolase.
Subclass:
213
Trypsin; chymotrypsin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyse the hydrolysis of the amide bond
connecting the carboxyl group of alpha-arginine and
alpha-lysine or an aromatic alpha-amino acid with another
amino acid or peptide.
Subclass:
214
Thrombin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of fibrinogen to
fibrin.
Subclass:
215
Urokinase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme which converts plasminogen
to plasmin is mammalian blood or urine.
Subclass:
216
Streptokinase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme which catalyzes the
hydrolysis of amide bonds and converts plasminogen to plasmin
in hemolytic streptococci.
Subclass:
217
Plasmin (i.e., fibrinolysin):
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of amide bonds
which connect alpha-arginine or alpha-lysine to another amino
acid or peptide and converts fibrin to water soluble
products.
Subclass:
218
Elastase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of amide bonds
connecting a neutral amino acid to another amino acid or
peptide.
Subclass:
219
Proteinase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of amide bonds
within a polypeptide chain, i.e., the amide bonds of
nonterminal amino acids.
(1) Note. Endopeptidases are examples of enzymes for this
subclass, e.g., ficin, bromelin, etc.
(2) Note. Where the peptide hydrolase activity is unclear
(e.g., if it can not be determined whether exopeptidase
oendopeptidase activity is involved), enzyme activity within
the means of this subclass is presumed.
(3) Note. Exopeptidase and enzymes having both exo- and
endo-peptidase activity are to be found in subclass 212.
Subclass:
220
Derived from bacteria:
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme is a bacteria.
Subclass:
221
Bacteria is bacillus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 220. Subject matter
wherein the bacteria is a species of bacillus.
Subclass:
222
Bacillus subtilus or bacillus lichenoformis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter
wherein the species of bacillus is Bacillus subtilus or
Bacillus lichenofomis.
Subclass:
223
Derived from fungi:
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme is fungi.
Subclass:
224
From yeast:
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme is yeast.
Subclass:
225
From aspergillus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 223. Subject matter
wherein the fungi is a species of aspergillus.
Subclass:
226
Derived from animal tissue (e.g., rennin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter
wherein the source of the enzyme is animal tissue, glands,
etc.
Subclass:
227
Acting on carbon to nitrogen bond other than peptide bond
(3.5):
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of a
carbon-nitrogen bond.
Subclass:
228
Acting on a linear amide linkage in linear amide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 227. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of a linear amide
bond which is not part of a cyclic ring.
(1) Note. Acylases, such as cephalosporin amidase, which
can also act as deacylases by hydrolysis of a linear amide
bond are included in this subclass.
Subclass:
229
Asparaginase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 228. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of
alpha-asparagine forming alpha-aspartate and ammonia.
Subclass:
230
Penicillin amidase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 228. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of pencillin
forming a carboxylic acid anion and penicin.
(1) Note. Penicillin amidase (acylase) also acts in the
reverse direction producing penicillins from
6-aminopenicillanic acid and a appropriate side chain.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
228 for acylases and amidases which attack the 7-position in
cephalosporins.
Subclass:
231
Acting on amide linkage in cyclic amides (e.g.,
penicillinase, etc. (3.5.2)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 227. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis of an amide bond
which is part of a ring structure.
Subclass:
232
Lyase (4. ):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the nonhydrolytic cleavage of
bonds, e.g., AB A + B, etc.
(1) Note. Decarboxylases, aldolases, deaminases are
examples of subject matter included in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 94.5 for medicinal compositions containing lyases.
Subclass:
233
Isomerase (5. ):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes an isomerization reaction, e.g.,
AB BA.
(1) Note. This subclass includes racemases, epimerases,
cis-trans isomerases, intramolecular oxide reductases,
intrmolecular transferases, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 94.5 for medicinal compositions containing an
isomerase.
Subclass:
234
Glucose isomerase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 233. Subject matter
wherein the enzyme catalyzes the conversion of xylose to
xylulose or glucose to fructose or glucose -6- phosphate to
fructose -6- phosphate.
Subclass:
235.1
VIRUS OR BACTERIOPHAGE, EXCEPT FOR VIRAL VECTOR OR
BACTERIOPHAGE VECTOR; COMPOSITION THEREOF; PREPARATION OR
PURIFICATION THEREOF; PRODUCTION OF VIRAL SUBUNITS; MEDIA FOR
PROPAGATING:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter excluding viral and bacteria-phage vectors,
but including a virus or bacteriophage which is a
microorganism that (a) consists of a protein shell around a
nucleic acid core of either ribonucleic acid or
deoxyribonucleic acid, and (b) is capable of independently
entering a host microorganism, and (c) requires a host
microorganism, having both ribonucleic acid and
deoxyribonucleic acid, to replicate, compositions thereof
under the class definition not elsewhere provided for,
processes of preparation or propagation, media for
propagating, processes of purifying the microorganism and
processes of producing viral subunits.
(1) Note. Propagation is limited to processes concerned
with the multiplication of viruses and not with processes
concerned with the artificial alteration of genetic material
involving changes in the genotype of the virus. Such
processes of artificial alteration of genetic material are
intended for this class, subclasses 440+.
(2) Note. This subclass provides for processes involving
viruses of all types, i.e., animal, plant, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for process of maintaining tissue in a viable state or
media therefor.
2 for process of maintaining blood or sperm in a
physiologically active state.
284 for tissue or virus culture apparatus.
320.1 for vector, e.g., viral, phage, etc., where vector is
intended to encompass a virus or phage which is used in the
transformation or transfection of a cell. Transformation is
the acquisition of new genetic material by incorporation of
exogenous DNA and transfection is the transfer of genetic
information to a cell using isolated DNA or RNA.
325 for animal cells, per se, and culture processes
therefore.
440 for processes in which the genetic material of a
microorganism is altered.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
159.1 for a process involving the step of immunizing an
animal with a virus to produce a protective antiserum,
followed by the step of obtaining the protective antiserum
from the animal. See subclasses 199.1, 201.1, 202.1, and
204.1+ for an immunogenic composition that contains a virus,
which composition induces protective immunity. Where there
is doubt as to whether or not virus propagation takes place
in preparing a vaccine, the process should be classified in
Class 424 in the subclass providing for the corresponding
viral vaccine. The mere use of the word vaccine is
insufficient basis for placement in Class 424. See subclass
93.6, for compositions under the class definition containing
a whole live virus.
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, subclasses 220-224 for
sequence of peptides or protein homologous to a virus.
935, Cross-Reference Art Collection, Genetic Engineering:
Recombinant DNA Technology, Hybrid or Fused Cell Technology,
and Related Manipulations of Nucleic Acids, subclass 25 and
32 for plant and animal virus vectors and subclass 31 for
bacteriophage vectors.
Subclass:
236
Inactivation or attenuation; producing viral subunits:
This subclass is indented under subclass 235.1. Subject
matter in which the virulence of the virus is decreased or
the virus is reduced to its component parts.
(1) Note. This subclass includes methods of attenuation by
physical means, e.g., freezing, etc.
(2) Note. Viral subunits include the virus protein coat,
viral nucleic acid and viral enzymes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
204.1 for immunologic compositions prepared by the
irradiation of a virus.
Subclass:
237
By serial passage of virus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 236. Subject matter
which involves attenuation of a virus by serial passage by
transferring a virus containing body fluid through a series
of animals or transfer of supernatant culture fluid through a
series of cultures.
Subclass:
238
By chemical treatment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 236. Subject matter
which involves attenuation of a virus by chemical means.
Subclass:
239
Recovery or purification:
This subclass is indented under subclass 235.1. Subject
matter which involves the purification or recovery of a virus
in a purified or uncontaminated state.
Subclass:
242
SPORE FORMING OR ISOLATING PROCESS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes of inducing the formation of spores or their
recovery.
Subclass:
243
MICROORGANISM, PER SE; E.G., PROTOZOA, ETC., COMPOSITIONS
THEREOF; PROCESS OF PROPAGATING, MAINTAINING, OR PRESERVING
MICROORGANISMS OR COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROCESS OF PREPARING
OR ISOLATING A COMPOSITION CONTAINING A MICROORGANISM;
CULTURE MEDIA THEREFOR:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter including microorganisms, compositions
containing, processes under the class definition for
propagating, processes under the class definition for
preserving or maintaining, processes under the class
definition for isolating, processes under the class
definition for preparing compositions containing and,
compositions under the class definition for use in
propagation of microorganisms.
(1) Note. microorganisms for the purpose of this subclass
include actinomycetales, unicellular algae, bacteria, fungi
(yeast and molds), and protozoa. virus propagation is
provided for in subclass 235 and animal or plant cell
cultivation in subclasses 410+.
(2) Note. The mere propagation of a microorganism to
produce a recoverable chemical product is excluded herefrom.
(2) Note. Subcellular parts of a microorganism are not
appropriate for this and the indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
29 for measuring or testing processes which involve viable
microorganisms and the use of selective media to identify a
particular microorganism.
41 for propagation processes which produce a recoverable
chemical product.
42 for the symbiotic propagation of genetically dissimilar
microorganisms to produce a product.
173.1 for the use of magnetic or wave energy to enhance
mictrobial growth or product production.
283.1 for apparatus used in the cultivation, propagation, or
innoculation of microorganisms.
317.1 for subcellular parts of microorganisms such as
organelles.
320.1 for vector, e.g., plasmid, cosmid, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, appropriate subclasses and in
particularly 6 for a fertilizer containing a microorganism.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
appropriate subclasses for a composition of that class and in
particular, 93.1 which may contain a microorganism.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, appropriate subclasses for a product containing a
microorganism and in particularly 7, 61+, 531+, 656, and
800+.
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, subclass
117 for a plant regulator composition containing a
microorganism.
507, Earth Boring, Well Treating, and Oil Field Chemistry,
subclass 101 for a composition which contains a living
microorganism and which is specific to earth boring and
subclass 201 for a composition which contains a living
microorganism and which is specific to well treating.
Subclass:
244
Chemical stimulation of growth or activity by addition of
chemical compound which is not an essential growth factor;
stimulation of growth by removal of a chemical compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the growth rate of a microorganism or its metabolic
activity is stimulated or enhanced by the addition or removal
of a particular element or compound which is not required for
the microorganism's growth or the control of the pH of the
propagation media.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41 for processes in which the synthesis of compounds is
enhanced by methods including the addition of stimulants,
etc., to the culture media.
173 for the use of magnetic or wave energy to alter
microbial growth or activity.
Subclass:
245
Adaptation or attenuation of cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Processes
wherein the virulence of a microorganism is reduced or a
microorganism's ability to propagate on a given substrate is
increased or growth requirements are altered by a series of
sequential cultivation steps.
(1) Note. The dividing line between adaptation and mutation
is that an adapted microorganism will not retain its ability
to flourish in a hostile media when cultured in a normal
growth media and returned to the hostile media.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
172 for mutation and genetic engineering.
Subclass:
246
Foam culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein media of the process is in the form of a foam.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 10 for foam colloid systems or agents for such
systems or making or stabilizing such systems or agents;
subclasses 115+ for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of foam colloid
systems; in each instance, when generically claimed or when
there is no hierarchically superior provision in the USPC for
the specifically claimed art.
Subclass:
247
Utilizing media containing lower alkanols (i.e., having one
to six carbon atoms):
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein a microorganism is propagated on a media containing
an alkanol having six or less carbon atoms or the media, per
se.
Subclass:
248
Utilizing media containing hydrocarbon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the microorganism is propagated on a media containing
a hydrocarbon or the media, per se.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
281 for processes of growing microorganisms on petroleum oil
containing media.
282 for processes in which microorganisms are grown in a
petroleum oil to remove sulfur.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
426, Foods or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, subclass 62 for growing yeast on a hydrocarbon
feed-stock which is claimed as edible yeast.
Subclass:
249
Aliphatic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 248. Subject matter
wherein the hydrocarbon is aliphatic.
Subclass:
250
Having five or less carbon atoms:
This subclass is indented under subclass 249. Subject matter
wherein the aliphatic hydrocarbon contains five or less
carbon atoms.
Subclass:
251
Utilizing media containing waste sulphite liquor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the media contains waste liquid from the sulfurous
acid treatment of cellulose containing material, e.g., paper
pulp, etc.
Subclass:
252
Utilizing media containing cellulose or hydrolysates
thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the microorganism is propagated on a media which
contains cellulose or cellulose hydrolysates or the media,
per se.
(1) Note. Media containing only glucose prepared by the
hydrolysis of cellulose are excluded herefrom.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
252.1 254+ and 257, for a media for bacteria or yeast, or
fungi, or protozoa or unicellular algae which contains
glucose.
Subclass:
252.1
Bacteria or actinomycetales; media therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
including microorganisms which are bacteria or
actinomycetales, media for the propagation or maintenance of
bacteria or actinomycetales, compositions containing,
processes for propagating or maintaining, and processes for
preparing media for and compositions containing bacteria or
actinomycetales.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
930, Peptide or Protein Sequence, subclasses 220-224 for
sequence of peptides or protein homologous to a virus.
Subclass:
252.2
Rhizobium or agrobacterium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganisms is a species of Rhizobium
or Agrobacterium.
(1) Note. These microorganisms may be wild-type, mutated,
transformed, etc.
Subclass:
252.3
Transformants (e.g., recombinant DNA or vector or foreign or
exogenous gene containing, fused bacteria, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the genotype of the microorganism is a product
of recombination or transformation with a vector or foreign
or exogenous gene, or the result of bacterial cell fusion,
etc.
(1) Note. Products of bacterial conjugation and natural or
spontaneous recombination events are not included in this
subclass. See subclasses 252.1 and 252.4+ which contain
nontransformant bacteria, for such products.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41 for methods of using a transformant to produce a desired
compound.
440 471+, for processes of producing the microorganisms of
subclass 252.3.
Subclass:
252.31
Bacillus (e.g., B. subtilis, B. thuringiensis, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.3. Subject
matter wherein the altered microorganism is a species of
Bacillus.
Subclass:
252.32
Brevibacterium or corynebacterium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.3. Subject
matter wherein the altered microorganism is a species of
Brevibacterium or Corynebacterium.
Subclass:
252.33
Escherichia (e.g., E. coli, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.3. Subject
matter wherein the altered microorganism is a species of
Escherichia.
Subclass:
252.34
Pseudomonas:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.3. Subject
matter wherein the altered microorganism is a species of
Pseudomonas.
Subclass:
252.35
Streptomyces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.3. Subject
matter wherein the altered microorganism is a species of
streptomyces.
Subclass:
252.4
Mixed culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the bacteria are in a mixed culture of at
least two different genera of microorganisms one of which is
a bacteria.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, subclass 6 for fertilizer
compositions containing microorganisms.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products appropriate subclasses, for mixed cultures solely
disclosed or claimed as edible or to be used in the
preparation of an edible material.
Subclass:
252.5
Bacillus (e.g., B. subtilis, B. thuringiensis, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of Bacillus.
Subclass:
252.6
Actinoplanes:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
Actinoplanes.
Subclass:
252.7
Clostridium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
Clostridium.
Subclass:
252.8
Escherichia (e.g., E. coli, etc.) or salmonella:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of Escherichia
or Salmonella.
Subclass:
252.9
Lactobacillus, pediococcus, or leuconostoc:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
Lactobacillus, Pediococcus, or Leuconostoc.
Subclass:
253.1
Mycobacterium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
Mycobacterium.
Subclass:
253.2
Nocardia:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of Nocardia.
Subclass:
253.3
Pseudomonas:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
Pseudomonas.
Subclass:
253.4
Streptococcus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganism is a species of
streptococcus.
Subclass:
253.5
Streptomyces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter wherein the microorganisms is a species of
Streptomyces.
Subclass:
253.6
Culture media, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 252.1. Subject
matter directed to a composition having utility as a
bacterial culture medium (i.e., media for maintenance,
growth, production, etc.).
Subclass:
254.1
Fungi:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
including microorganisms which are fungi, compositions
containing fungi, processes for propagating or maintaining
fungi, and processes for preparing compositions containing
fungi.
(1) Note. Fungi includes yeast and molds.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.31 for measuring and testing processes involving fungi.
171 for processes wherein the product synthesized is
prepared by a fungi.
203 for subject matter wherein the source of
alpha-1,4-glucan-4-glucanohydrolase is a fungi.
223 for subject matter wherein the source of a proteinase
enzyme is a fungi.
804 for subject matter wherein the suitability of a
microorganism (e.g., a fungi) to supply palatable protein is
disclosed.
911 for specific fungi cross-reference collections.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 1.1 for the cultivation of
multicellular mushrooms, per se.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, 601 for processes of
liquid purification using a living organism (e.g., a fungi).
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives; Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 371
and 823 for proteins derived from fungi (e.g., yeast, molds,
etc.).
Subclass:
254.11
Transformants:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter involving a fungi which is 1) a product of
recombination or transformation with (a) a vector, or (b) a
foreign or exogenous gene, or 2) a product of homologous
recombination if it is directed rather than spontaneous, or
3) a product of fused cell formation.
(1) Note. Fused cells are cells of which the cellular
matter of two or more individual cells is combined producing
a single cell which initially contains the genes of all the
combined cells.
(2) Note. Excluded from this subclass are products of
unidentified or noninduced mutations, and products of
natural, spontaneous, or arbitrary recombination events.
These are not considered genetically modified for this
subclass and therefor will be classified as unmodified fungi
(subclasses 254.1, and 255.1 through 256.8).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
440 for processes of mutation or genetic engineering
wherein the genetic mate rial of a microorganism (e.g. a
fungi) is altered.
Subclass:
254.2
Yeast; media therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a yeast, and media and
processes for preparing media for the propagation,
maintenance, or preservation of transformed yeast.
(1) Note. Disposition of yeast patents claimed or disclosed
(a) as an edible, (b) as a component in an edible, or (c) as
a single source material for producing protein useful in
making an edible: (a) Yeast with a claimed or solely
disclosed utility as a foodstuff in the form it is produced
by a Class 435 process is classifiable in Class 426; (b)
Yeast claimed or disclosed as a component of an edible is
classifiable in Class 426 if the claim or disclosure is that
the yeast is a food supplement and is not medicative (i.e.,
used to alleviate a disease) in which case placement in Class
424 is proper; (c) Refined or crude yeast protein is not
classifiable in Class 426 solely on the basis of a Class 426
utility. Refined yeast protein is classifiable in Class 530.
Crude yeast is usually disposed of on the basis of utility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
69.9 for processes wherein the product synthesized is a
protein or polypeptide with a yeast derived signal sequence.
224 for subject matter wherein the source of a proteinase
enzyme is a yeast.
Subclass:
254.21
Saccharomyces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.2. Subject
matter wherein the altered yeast is a species of
Saccharomyces.
(1) Note. Included herein are bakers, brewers, compressed,
and pressed yeast, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
940 for specific Saccharomyces cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.22
Candida:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.2. Subject
matter wherein the altered yeast is a species of Candida.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
921 for specific Candida cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.23
Pichia:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.2. Subject
matter wherein the altered yeast is a species of Pichia.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
938 for specific Pichia cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.3
Aspergillus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of
Aspergillus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
225 for subject matter wherein the source of a proteinase
enzyme is a species of Aspergillus.
913 for specific Aspergillus cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.4
Neurospora:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of
Neurospora.
Subclass:
254.5
Penicillium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of
Penicillium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
933 for specific Penicillium cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.6
Trichoderma:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of
Trichoderma.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
945 for specific Trichoderma cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.7
Fusarium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of Fusarium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
929 for specific Fusarium cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.8
Mucor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of Mucor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
931 for specific Mucor cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
254.9
Rhizopus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.11. Subject
matter wherein the altered fungus is a species of Rhizopus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
939 for specific Rhizopus cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
255.1
Yeast:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a yeast.
(1) Note. Disposition of yeast patents claimed or disclosed
(a) as an edible, (b) as a component in an edible, or (c) as
a single source material for producing protein useful in
making an edible: (a) Yeast with a claimed or solely
disclosed utility as a foodstuff in the form it is produced
by a Class 435 process is classifiable in Class 426; (b)
Yeast claimed or disclosed as a component of an edible is
classifiable in Class 426 if the claim or disclosure is that
the yeast is a food supplement and is not medicative (i.e.,
used to alleviate a disease) in which case placement in Class
424 is proper; (c) Refined or crude yeast protein is not
classifiable in Class 426 solely on the basis of a Class 426
utility. Refined yeast protein is classifiable in Class 530.
Crude yeast is usually disposed of on the basis of utility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
224 for subject matter wherein the source of a proteinase
enzyme is a yeast.
Subclass:
255.2
Saccharomyces:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter wherein the yeast is a species of Saccharomyces.
(1) Note. Included herein are bakers, brewers, compressed,
and pressed yeast, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
940 for specific Saccharomyces cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
255.21
Culture media, per se, or technique:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.2. Subject
matter directed to a composition having utility as a
Saccharomyces culture medium (i.e., media for maintenance,
growth, production, etc.) or a technique for preparing and
using the same.
Subclass:
255.3
Cryptococcus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter wherein the yeast is a species of Cryptococcus.
Subclass:
255.4
Candida or torulopsis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter wherein the yeast is a species of Candida or
Torulopsis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
921 for specific Candida cross-reference collections.
944 for specific Torulopsis cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
255.5
Pichia:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter wherein the yeast is a species of Pichia.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
938 for specific Pichia cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
255.6
Hansenula:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter wherein the yeast is a species of Hansenula.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
930 for specific Hansenula cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
255.7
Culture media, per se, or technique:
This subclass is indented under subclass 255.1. Subject
matter directed to a composition having utility as a yeast
culture medium (i.e., media for maintenance, growth,
production, etc.) or a technique for preparing and using the
same.
Subclass:
256.1
Aspergillus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Aspergillus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
225 for subject matter wherein the source of a proteinase
enzyme is a species of Aspergillus.
913 for specific Aspergillus cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.2
Mucor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Mucor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
931 for specific Mucor cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.3
Penicillium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Penicillium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
933 for specific Penicillium cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.4
Cephalosporium or acremonium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Cephalosporium or
Acremonium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
925 for specific Cephalosporium cross-reference
collections.
Subclass:
256.5
Fusarium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Fusarium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
929 for specific Fusarium cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.6
Rhizopus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Rhizopus.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
939 for specific Rhizopus cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.7
Trichoderma:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter wherein the fungus is a species of Trichoderma.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
945 for specific Trichoderma cross-reference collections.
Subclass:
256.8
Culture media, per se, or technique:
This subclass is indented under subclass 254.1. Subject
matter directed to a composition having utility as a fungal
culture medium (i.e., media for maintenance, growth,
production, etc.) or a technique for preparing and using the
same.
Subclass:
257.1
Algae, media therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the microorganism propagated or treated is a
unicellular algae, or the media useful for the propagation of
unicellular algae, or a composition containing unicellular
algae, or methods of preparing said compositions or media.
(1) Note. Edible compositions containing unicellular algae
are excluded herefrom.
(2) Note. Multicellular algae are excluded herefrom. Algae
are presumed to be multicellular in the absence of a clear
showing to the contrary.
(3) Note. Unicellular algae in this subclass include both
eukaryotic and prokaryotic algae. Examples of eukaryotes
include Chlorophyta (green algae, such as Chlorella,
Scenedesmus, etc.), Euglenophyta (Euglena), Rhodophyta (red
algae), etc. Examples of prokaryotes include Cyanobacteria
(blue-green algae, such as Anacystis, Anabaena, etc.).
(4) Note. microorganisms of the genera Euglena and
Chlamydomonas are currently classified in both algal (Bold
and Wynne) and protozoan (Levine) taxonomic systems due to
their photosynthetic and motility systems. For
classification purposes, these genera are placed under algae
unless the reference specifically eludes to the "protozoan"
nature of the microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
804 for subject matter wherein the suitability of a
microorganism (e.g., an algae) to supply palatable protein is
disclosed.
946 for specific algae cross-reference collections.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 1.4 for the cultivation of
multicellular algae, per se.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, 601 for processes of
liquid purification using a living organism (e.g., an
algae).
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, 150 for
subject matter involving algicides.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives; Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 370
for proteins derived from plants (e.g., algae).
Subclass:
257.2
Transformants:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257.1. Subject
matter involving an algae which is 1) a product of
recombination or transformation with (a) a vector, or (b) a
foreign or exogenous gene, or 2) a product of homologous
recombination if it is directed rather than spontaneous, or
3) a product of fused cell formation.
(1) Note. Fused cells are cells of which the cellular
matter of two or more individual cells is combined producing
a singlecell which initially contains the genes of all the
combined cells.
(2) Note. Excluded from this subclass are products of
unidentified or noninduced mutations, and products of
natural, spontaneous, or arbitrary recombination events.
These are not considered genetically modified for this
subclass and therefor will be classified as unmodified algae
(subclasses 257.1, and 257.3 through 257.6).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
440 for processes of mutation or genetic engineering wherein
the genetic mate rial of a microorganism (e.g. an algae) is
altered.
Subclass:
257.3
Chlorella:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257.1. Subject
matter wherein the algae is a species of Chlorella.
Subclass:
257.4
Euglena:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257.1. Subject
matter wherein the algae is a species of Euglena.
(1) Note. microorganisms of the genus Euglena are currently
classified in both algal (Bold and Wynne) and protozoan
(Levine) taxonomic systems due to their photosynthetic and
motility systems. For classification purposes, this genus is
placed under algae unless the reference specifically eludes
to the "protozoan" nature of the microorganism.
Subclass:
257.5
Scenedesmus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257.1. Subject
matter wherein the algae is a species of Scenedesmus.
Subclass:
257.6
Chlamydomonas:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257.1. Subject
matter wherein the algae is a species of Chlamydomonas.
(1) Note. microorganisms of the genus Chlamydomonas are
currently classified in both algal (Bold and Wynne) and
protozoan (Levine) taxonomic systems due to their
photosynthetic and motility systems. For classification
purposes, this Genus is placed under algae unless the
reference specifically eludes to the "protozoan" nature of
the microorganism.
Subclass:
258.1
Protozoa, media therefor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Subject matter
wherein the microorganism propagated or treated is a
protozoa, or media useful for the propagation of protozoa, or
a composition containing protozoa, or methods of preparing
said composition or media.
(1) Note. microorganisms of the genera Euglena and
Chlamydomonas are currently classified in both algal (Bold
and Wynne) and protozoan (Levine) taxonomic systems due to
their photosynthetic and motility systems. For
classification purposes, these genera are placed under algae
unless the reference specifically eludes to the "protozoan"
nature of the microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7.22 for measuring and testing processes involving
protozoa.
947 for specific protozoa cross-reference collections.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives; Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, subclass 822
for proteins derived from protozoa.
Subclass:
258.2
Plasmodium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 258.1. Subject
matter wherein the protozoa is a species of Plasmodium.
Subclass:
258.3
Leishmania:
This subclass is indented under subclass 258.1. Subject
matter wherein the protozoa is a species of Leishmania.
Subclass:
258.4
Eimeria:
This subclass is indented under subclass 258.1. Subject
matter wherein the protozoa is a species of Eimeria.
Subclass:
259
Lysis of microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Processes
wherein the microorganism is ruptured by added material or
mechanical means.
(1) Note. This subclass does not provide for autolysis
which is generally part of the processes included in
subclasses 262+.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
241, Solid Material Comminution or Disintegration,
particularly subclass 2 for methods of and apparatus for the
comminution of microorganisms or tissues.
Subclass:
260
Preserving or maintaining microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Processes
wherein a viable microorganism is rendered reversibly
dormant.
(1) Note. This subclass includes preparing solvent dried
and freeze dried cells.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for processes of maintaining differentiated tissue or an
organ in a viable state.
2 for processes or media for maintaining blood or sperm in a
physiologically active state.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
241, Solid Material Comminution or Disintegration,
particularly subclass 2 for methods of and apparatus for the
comminution of microorganisms or tissues.
Subclass:
261
Separation of microorganism from culture media:
This subclass is indented under subclass 243. Processes
where a microorganism is recovered from culture media.
Subclass:
262
PROCESS OF UTILIZING AN ENZYME OR MICROORGANISM TO DESTROY
HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC WASTE, LIBERATE, SEPARATE, OR PURIFY A
PREEXISTING COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION THEREFORE; CLEANING
OBJECTS OR TEXTILES:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes wherein a preexisting material or compound, which
may include a hazardous or toxic waste, present in a
composition or material containing a preexisting material, is
contacted with an enzyme or immobilized enzyme microorganism
or plant or animal cells to isolate or recover the
preexisting material which is chemically unchanged by the
process and the hazardous or toxic waste is destroyed.
(1) Note. Liberation or purification of a preexisting
substance is usually accomplished by breaking down or
otherwise physically or chemically altering the substance
regarded as a contaminant by means of an enzyme or
microorganism.
(2) Note. The amount of the preexisting compound or
material is not increased by the microbial or enzymatic
treatment.
(3) Note. Resolution of optical isomers or their salts is
considered purification or separation of a preexisting
compound.
(4) Note. Composition includes oil shale deposits, oil,
hides, etc.
(5) Note. The hydrolysis of starch or proteins to liberate
glucose or amino acids, respectively, is not included in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
68.1 for the hydrolysis of proteins.
94 for the hydrolysis of starch.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, provides for
processes of separating liquids from solids or slurries,
i.e., drying as well as the contact of solids with either, or
both, gases and vapors. If the starting material is in the
form of a liquid suspension or solution even of the process
is continued to the point of complete dryness, Class 159,
Concentrating Evaporators, will take the process.
62, Refrigeration, includes processes which include removing
heat by refrigeration from a substance whether solid, liquid,
or vapor. In particular, Class 62, subclasses will take
processes of making a solidified or liquefied gaseous product
provided the gas has a normal boiling point below 32 deg.
(methane, ethane, propane) and Class 62, 532 will take
processes wherein a solution or mixture is cooled to solidify
a constituent which is then removed from the mixture.
95, Gas Separation: Processes, for physical processes
involving steps resulting in separation of a gas from a fluid
mixture comprising (a) a gas and solid or liquid particles
entrained therein, (b) a liquid and gas entrained therein, or
(c) a plurality of gases. The separation is not done by
chemical reaction.
127, Sugar, Starch, and Carbohydrates, for processes wholly
peculiar to processes of extracting or purifying natural
starch, natural sucrose, or other natural carbohydrates
except cellulose, processes of hydrolyzing carbohydrates or
processes of purifying the products of such hydrolysis. The
chemical manufacture or synthesis of sugar or of
carbohydrates by any other process than that of hydrolysis is
not included in Class 127. Molecular rearrangement of one
carbohydrate to form any other carbohydrate is excluded.
Such processes are provided for in Class 260.
159, Concentrating Evaporators, provides for processes
peculiar to the concentration of solids held in solution or
suspension by evaporation of the liquid containing them and
the recovery of the concentrate. If the starting material is
a solid or slurry placement in Class 34, Drying and Gas or
Vapor Contact With Solids, would be indicated. Class 159
will take concentration to the point of crystallization or to
dryness, however, removal of water of crystallization is
considered to be a chemical reaction and placement would not
be proper in Class 159. Evaporating with subsequent vapor
condensation is excluded from Class 159 and in such case,
placement in Class 203, Distillation: Processes, Separatory,
would be proper.
201, Distillation: Processes, Thermolytic, provides for
processes of thermolytic distillation wherein a solid
carbonaceous material is heated to vaporize a volatile
portion and to cause chemical decomposition of the heated
material to form different chemical substances at least some
of which are volatile and leave behind a solid carbonaceous
material.
203, Distillation: Processes, Separatory, provides for
processes for separating a liquid mixture by vaporizing and
condensing a portion thereof to isolate in the condensed
liquid or the unvaporized portion a relatively pure compound
which was present in the original mixture. The original
mixture may be in a solid form so long as it melts to form a
liquid before it vaporizes. A solid original mixture which
undergoes chemical decomposition leaving a carbonaceous
residue would be classifiable in Class 201, Distillation:
Processes, Thermolytic, which is superior to Class 203.
Processes including a chemical reaction and a separatory
distillation operation are classified in Class 203 only when
the chemical reaction merely facilitates the isolation by the
separatory distillation operation of a preexisting substance
in the distilland. See Class 260, Chemistry of Carbon
Compounds, or Class 423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds,
for a process of preparing a compound and isolating it by a
separatory distillation process.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, includes processes
for the separation or purification of a constituent from a
flowable liquid mixture by dialysis, sorption, ion exchange,
liquid extraction, gravitational separation, or filtration,
as well as purification of a liquid mixture by destruction or
conversion of a constituent. Processes directed to the
purification of a particular compound or composition
(including solutions of either the compound or composition in
water), are classified with the particular compound or
composition. Insofar as the treatment of liquids with ion
exchange or sorption materials are concerned, the following
lines will be maintained: (1) Where water is the only
disclosed liquid purified, the patent will be classified in
this class (210); (2) Where the disclosure includes water,
hydrocarbons and/or other liquids the patent will be
classified: (a) In Class 210 if all claims are broad as to
the liquid; (b) In Class 210 if several species of liquid are
claimed and one species includes water; and (c) In the
appropriate art class if some liquid other than water is the
only liquid claimed (e.g., mineral oils in Class 208, organic
compounds in Class 260); (3) Purification or separation of
liquids by flocculation only are classified in Class 210; (4)
Processes wherein all claims are limited to the deposition of
specific materials on ion-exchangers or sorbents with
subsequent recovery of the specific materials are classified
with materials so operated upon. Class 210 is superior to
Class 95 and takes separating processes, per se, generally
disclosed or claimed as fluid separation, or if the
disclosure or a claim is restricted to liquid separation.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, provides for the
liberation and purification by chemical or physical means of
compounds and extracts falling within the class definition of
Class 260. Generally, the physical processes included are of
two types (a) a purification process prior or subsequent to a
chemical reaction producing a Class 260 product, (b) a
purification process directed to the purification of a Class
260 compound by a combination of physical separation
techniques the classes for which do not provide for or
exclude the combination claimed. Chemical purification
processes are generally provided for with each product
produced.
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 113 for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of colloid
systems (e.g., foam breaking, emulsion breaking, dispersion
inhibiting, suspension settling, gel breaking, smoke
suppressing, coagulating, flocculating), when generically
claimed or when there is no hierarchically superior provision
in the USPC for the specifically claimed art. Nominal
recitation of a Class 435 process (e.g., fermentation or
fermentation step) combined with a process otherwise
classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 516, while
recitation of a significant Class 435 step combined with a
step or composition otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is
proper for Class 435 with a discretionary cross-reference to
Class 516.
Subclass:
262.5
Destruction of hazardous or toxic waste:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Process
wherein hazardous or toxic waste is destroyed or converted
into an environmentally safe substance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, subclasses 1-209 and
Digest 17 for the use of microorganisms in the leaching of
ores.
588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment, 250
for the use of containment in the treatment of hazardous or
toxic waste.
Subclass:
263
Textile treating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is an organic fiber
material, per se, or the fiber is spun or woven into fabric.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for chemical
modification and fluid treatment of fibers and textiles, not
otherwise provided for; and subclass 138 for nonenzymatic
removal of natural sericin or other naturally occurring gum
or wax or an artificially applied size or gum from textile
fibers.
19, Textiles: Fiber Preparation, for the mechanical
treatment of fibers to put them in condition for use.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, particularly subclass
2 for the freeing of silk from a cocoon.
Subclass:
264
Cleaning using a microorganism or enzyme:
Processes under subclasses 262 wherein the preexisting
material is a solid macroscopic material not obtained from a
natural source and is recovered from an undesired extraneous
material originally contained in the macroscopic material's
surface.
(1) Note. This subclass includes processes of using a
microorganism or enzyme, per se, to remove adherent matter
from an object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching, and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification, for process of cleaning and laundering textile
fabrics and fibers, including a fluid or chemical treatment.
Includes also combinations and aftertreatments incidental to
such operation not elsewhere classifiable.
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, for processes
of cleaning textiles and fibers not involving chemical or
fluid treatment and including the mechanical cleaning of
textiles and fibers and cleaning by a gas blast or suction
(which is not considered a fluid treatment for Class 8).
510, Cleaning Compositions for Solid Surfaces, Auxiliary
Compositions Therefor, or Processes of Preparing the
Compositions, 108 for detergent compositions containing
enzymes classified according to substrate intended to be
cleaned; subclass 530 for compositions which include an
enzyme component and are specialized and designed for
incorporation with other components of a cleaning
composition, the enzymes usually facilitate cleaning by
degrading specific types of soil, such as protein, oil, or
grease.
Subclass:
265
Depilating hides, bating, or hide treating using enzyme or
microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein the preexisting material treated is a hide or a skin
of an animal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, subclass 401 for a
dyeing process employing fermentation or an enzyme;
subclasses 94.1+ for processes of tanning hides or skins by
fermentation with subsequent tanning of the hides or skins or
subsequent operations that are preliminary and peculiar to
making leather. Class 435 provides for a fermentation
process, per se, of treating a hide or skin, e.g.,
depilating, bating, etc.
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, subclass 18 for compositions of
matter including hides, skins, feathers, or animal tissues
such as compost.
Subclass:
266
Treating gas, emulsion, or foam:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a gas or is initially a
component of an emulsion or foam.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
95, Gas Separation: Processes, for physical processes
involving steps resulting in separation of a gas from a fluid
mixture comprising (a) a gas and solid or liquid particles
entrained therein, (b) a liquid and gas entrained therein, or
(c) a plurality of gases. The separation is not done by
chemical reaction. See particularly subclass 155 for
processes of gas separation involving contacting with a
liquid that contains a defoaming or antifoaming agent,
subclass 157 for processes of gas separation involving liquid
contacting and defoaming the liquid, and subclass 242 for
defoaming a liquid.
137, Fluid Handling, 107 for apparatus for controlling the
degree of foaming in a gas charged liquid.
201, Distillation: Processes, Thermolytic, subclass 9 for a
process of surface treating the solid particles of the charge
to inhibit, reduce, or prevent foaming during distillation.
202, Distillation: Apparatus, subclass 264 for distillation
apparatus intended to break foam or inhibit foaming.
203, Distillation: Processes, Separatory, subclass 20 for
processes of defoaming or inhibition of the formation of foam
combined with distillation.
261, Gas and Liquid Contact Apparatus, appropriate subclasses
for gas-liquid scrubbing devices.
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 113 for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of colloid
systems (e.g., foam breaking, emulsion breaking, dispersion
inhibiting, suspension settling, gel breaking, smoke
suppressing, coagulating, flocculating), when generically
claimed or when there is no hierarchically superior provision
in the USPC for the specifically claimed art. Nominal
recitation of a Class 435 process (e.g., fermentation or
fermentation step) combined with a process otherwise
classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 516, while
recitation of a significant Class 435 step combined with a
step or composition otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is
proper for Class 435 with a discretionary cross-reference to
Class 516.
Subclass:
267
Treating animal or plant material or microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is obtained directly from an
animal or plant source or microorganism.
(1) Note. Included herein are processes of isolating a
hormone from an organ or a compound from a fruit by means of
an enzyme or microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
239 for treatment of animal tissue or organs to recover a
virus.
Subclass:
268
Treating organ or animal secretion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is an organ or animal
secretion.
(1) Note. Animal secretion includes blood, urine, feces,
hormones, etc.
Subclass:
269
Treating blood fraction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is blood or a blood
fraction.
(1) Note. A blood fraction is considered to include plasma,
red blood cells, white blood cells, nonenzymatic proteins,
serum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 for processes of treating blood cells in vitro to alter
some cellular property while maintaining cell viability.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 1.17 for the class defined compositions and methods
comprising radiolabeled cells and subcellular structures,
including red blood cells and platelets.
Subclass:
270
Removing nucleic acid from intact or disrupted cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein an intact or disrupted cell's nucleic acid content is
reduced by the use of an enzyme or microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, for the production of substances
having a nutrient action on plant growth and the product of
such processes including methods of utilizing microorganisms
to produce a fertilizer, e.g., compositing as well as the
microorganism containing fertilizer so produced.
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, for the
production of substances having a stimulating, inhibiting, or
regulating action on plant growth and the product of such
processes including methods of utilizing microorganisms to
produce a plant growth stimulator, inhibitor, or regulator as
well the microorganism containing plant growth regulator so
produced.
Subclass:
271
Glyceridic oil, fat, ester-type wax or higher fatty acid
recovered or purified:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a fat, ester-type wax,
higher fatty acid, or glyceride oil.
(1) Note. Fats and fatty oils are the glycerides of higher
fatty acids, including naturally occurring mixtures thereof
present in a single oil or fat.
(2) Note. Ester-type waxes are waxes which are essentially
esters in chemical structure, e.g., beeswax, montan wax,
carnauba wax, and spermaceti.
(3) Note. Higher fatty acid is a monocarboxylic acid
containing an unbroken chain of more than seven carbon atoms
bonded to a carboxylic group, e.g., lauric, palmitic,
stearic, oleic, ricinoleic, linoleic acid, etc. Where there
are several unbroken chains of carbon atoms bonded to the
carboxyl group, one of the chains must contain a chain of
seven or more carbon atoms.
Subclass:
272
Proteinaceous material recovered or purified:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a proteinaceous
material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
239 for methods of separating virus and protein contaminants
by various methods, e.g., sorption, precipitation, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching, and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, 94.1 for fluid or
chemical treatment of hides, skins, feathers, and animal
tissues, not otherwise provided for; subclass 127.5 for
processes of chemically modifying proteinaceous fibers; and
subclass 138 for processes for fluid or chemical treatment of
silk for the removal of sericin, or other naturally occurring
gum or wax. Processes classifiable in this subclass (2)
generally include the production of a fiber pulp from a raw
proteinaceous fibrous material (e.g., leather).
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, for processes
of chemically removing coatings, such as wax, from a paper
base without otherwise affecting the base, where the coating
is not recovered.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, subclass 112 for
proteins and their reaction products and, in particular,
subclass 123.7 for chemical treatment of natural protein
containing material.
Subclass:
273
Collagen or gelatin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is collagen or gelatin.
Subclass:
274
Carbohydrate material recovered or purified:
This subclass is indented under subclass 267. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a carbohydrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
127, Sugar, Starch, and Carbohydrates, for the hydrolysis of
carbohydrates including their conversion to sugar by means
other than a microorganism or enzyme. Class 127 provides for
processes using an enzyme or microorganism only where the
hydrolysis by microorganism or enzyme is followed by steps of
concentration purification or treatment (such as
crystallization) to make a sugar or syrup.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for the chemical
manufacture or synthesis of sugar or carbohydrates by a
process other than hydrolysis and the rearrangement of one
carbohydrate to form another carbohydrate by means other than
a microorganism or enzyme.
Subclass:
275
Pectin or starch:
This subclass is indented under subclass 274. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a pectin or a starch.
Subclass:
276
Sugar (e.g., molasses treatment, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 274. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a monosaccharide or a
polysaccharide which has predominately alpha-1, 4 linkages
between the glucose units.
Subclass:
277
Cellulose (e.g., plant fibers, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 274. Processes
wherein the preexisting material is a polysaccharide which
has predominately beta-1, 4 linkages between the glucose
units.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for chemical
modification and fluid treatment of fibers and textiles, not
otherwise provided for.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for processes of
liberation, recovery or purification of cellulose or animal
fibers as individual fibers or fibrous pulp by the use of a
reagent which exerts some solvent or chemical action upon
fibrous material and the reagent compositions employed in
such processes.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, particularly 212 for
processes of chemically modifying cellulose in which its
fibrous nature is destroyed, e.g., in the production of
cellulose esters.
Subclass:
278
Producing paper pulp:
This subclass is indented under subclass 277. Processes
wherein the material which is liberated is paper pulp.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for processes of
making a paper pulp by chemical action.
Subclass:
279
Hemp or flax treating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 277. Processes
wherein the preexisiting material which is liberated is hemp
or flax.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
19, Textiles: Fiber Preparation, for the mechanical
treatment of fibers to put them in condition for use.
Subclass:
280
Resolution of optical isomers or purification of organic
compounds or composition containing same:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein a racemic mixture is treated to liberate an optically
active mixture or compound or a mixture is otherwise purified
by a microorganism or enzyme to obtain a specified organic
compound.
(1) Note. It should be noted that biological, i.e.,
microbial or enzymatic reactions are generally steriospecific
so that a search, to be complete, should also include a
search of the synthesis subclass, i.e., subclasses 41+ of
this class which provides for the transformation of the
"contaminant" if it is chemically identifiable.
Subclass:
281
Petroleum oil or shale oil treating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 262. Processes
wherein the preexisting material which is liberated or
purified is petroleum or shale oil.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
9 for processes of prospecting for minerals including
petroleum oils.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
166, Wells, appropriate subclasses for processes and
apparatus for treating oil or an oil bearing mineral with a
microorganism or enzyme while in the ground.
196, Mineral Oils: Apparatus, for apparatus for treating,
refining, or recovering mineral oils such as petroleum, tar,
pitch asphalt, or related products not otherwise provided
for.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, appropriate
subclass for apparatus for treating mineral oils involving
more than the mere thermal effects of the electrical or wave
energy.
208, Mineral Oils: Processes and Products, for processes of
treating and preparing mineral oils including their
separation from sands, coal, or shales.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for processes and
apparatus for separating liquids including mineral oils
involving no chemical treatment of the mineral oil.
299, Mining or In Situ Disintegration of Hard Material, for a
process or apparatus for treating oil or oil bearing minerals
while in situ in a tunnel or excavation.
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, subclass 41 for the
recovery of metal containing compounds without the reduction
of the compound to pure metal.
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 135 for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of emulsion
colloid systems, when generically claimed or when there is no
hierarchically superior provision in the USPC for the
specifically claimed art, including petroleum emulsions where
there is no additional treatment of the oil. Nominal
recitation of a Class 435 process (e.g., fermentation or
fermentation step) combined with a process otherwise
classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 516, while
recitation of a significant Class 435 step combined with a
step or composition otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is
proper for Class 435 with a discretionary cross-reference to
Class 516.
Subclass:
282
Desulfurizing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 281. Processes
wherein sulfur or sulfur containing compounds are removed
from petroleum or shale oil.
Subclass:
283.1
APPARATUS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Apparatus.
(1) Note. Excluded herefrom are kits that are claimed as
kits which have no claimed structure, but instead recite the
ingredients of the kit. Such subject matter should be
considered test media and classified in this class,
subclasses 4+.
(2) Note. Class 435 is the residual class for enzyme and
microorganism apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 400.1 for methods of assembling the
apparatus provided for in this class.
47, Plant Husbandry, particularly subclass 1.1 for processes
and apparatus for growing a mushroom or edible fungi
(excluding yeast) and subclass 1.4 for processes and
apparatus for growing multicellular algae.
53, Package Making, various subclasses for processes of
packaging and package making.
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers, particularly 6 for processes of
using a microorganism or enzyme to produce a fertilizer.
73, Measuring and Testing, subclass 64.41 for apparatus used
for testing the ability of blood to clot.
99, Foods and Beverages: Apparatus, 275 for apparatus
adapted for the preparation of a beverage or beverage
intermediate by carrying out primary ethyl alcoholic
fermentations, and apparatus for aging, refining, and
purifying alcoholic beverages.
128, Surgery, for methods of treatment of the living body and
for apparatus used in the inspection and treatment of
diseases of the bodies of humans and lower animals which
apparatus is provided with means for connection to the living
body.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, 223 for a test kit of
general utility.
215, Bottles and Jars, for bottles and jars of general
utility and the closures therefor.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, for apparatus for
chemical analysis and chemical reactors of general utility.
Subclass:
284.1
Differentiated tissue (e.g., organ) perfusion or preservation
apparatus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
with means adapted for maintaining a differentiated tissue or
animal organ in vitro in a viable state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1.2 for processes of differentiated tissue or organ other
than blood, per se, or differentiated tissue or organ
maintaining by perfusion.
297.2 for bioreactors including perfusion means.
307.1 for apparatus for preserving, storing, or transporting
microorganisms.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
62, Refrigeration, for process of and apparatus for cooling
and freezing materials.
137, Fluid Handling, subclass 560 for systems including
pulsating pumps useful for forcing perfusate through organs.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, 321.6 for dialysis
devices adapted for gas and mass transfer (e.g., artificial
kidneys).
261, Gas and Liquid Contact Apparatus, for gas liquid contact
means of general utility.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, 44 for blood
oxygenating devices and other blood treatment devices.
604, Surgery, subclass 4.01, 5.01-5.04, 6.01-6.09, 6.01,
6.11-6.16 for extra corporeal blood treating devices
connected to or having specific means for connection to a
living body.
Subclass:
285.1
Mutation or genetic engineering apparatus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
for producing a known stable change in the genotype of a
microorganism by artificially inducing a structural change in
a gene or by the incorporation of genetic material from an
external source.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
440 for processes of mutation or genetic engineering.
Subclass:
285.2
With means for applying an electric current or charge (e.g.,
electrofusion, electroporation, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 285.1. Apparatus
for producing a known stable change in the genotype of a
microorganism by the use of an applied electric current or
charge.
(1) Note. Electrofusion is the combining of the entire
genetic material of two separate cells, while electroporation
is the incorporation of subcellular parts (i.e., plasmids)
into a cell.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
173.6 for processes of electroporation.
450 for processes of electrofusion.
Subclass:
285.3
Including projectile means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 285.1. Apparatus
wherein a projectile means is utilized to incorporate foreign
genetic material into a cell.
Subclass:
286.1
Including condition or time responsive control means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
with means to sense a process parameter which actuates means
to alter a process parameter, or with timing means which
actuates means which alters a process parameter.
(1) Note. Included herein is the mere use of a programmed
computer and associated detection and actuation devices for
process control.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, for apparatus for making tests and
measurements not otherwise provided for.
137, Fluid Handling, 88 for systems for controlling the
mixture of a plurality of fluids in response to the sensing
of a condition or characteristic of the mixture, note
particularly subclass 93 in which the control is in response
to a sensing of a chemical property.
196, Mineral Oils: Apparatus, subclass 132 and 141 for
combinations of apparatus for making a test or measurement
and means for controlling a reaction provided for in that
class.
346, Recorders, for recording apparatus, per se.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, for apparatus for
(a) determining qualitatively or quantitatively the presence
of one or more chemical constituents of a material which
involve a chemical reaction, and (b) combinations of a test
or measurement and means for regulating a chemical reaction.
700, Data Processing: Generic Control Systems or Specific
Applications, subclasses 266-274 for chemical process
control or monitoring systems and subclass 306 for control
based on an elapsed time.
702, Data Processing: Measuring, Calibrating, or Testing, 19
for data processing in biological or biochemical
applications, subclasses 22+ for chemical analysis data
processing, and subclasses 176+ for time duration or rate
data processing for measurements.
Subclass:
286.2
Including position control:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.1. Apparatus
with means to control the position of a component (e.g., a
sample container, dispensing means, etc.).
Subclass:
286.3
Plater, streaker, or spreader:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.2. Apparatus
with means to control inoculation of microorganisms on a
solid surface so as to isolate individual cells or colonies,
or to completely cover the solid surface with a mat or lawn
of cells.
Subclass:
286.4
Including liquid dispenser means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.2. Apparatus
with means to control dispensing of a liquid (e.g., reagents,
samples, etc.).
Subclass:
286.5
Including liquid flow, level, or volume control:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.1. Apparatus
with means to control the volume, level, or flow of a
liquid.
Subclass:
286.6
Including gas flow or pressure control:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.1. Apparatus
with means to control pressure or gas flow.
Subclass:
286.7
Including mixing or agitation control:
This subclass is indented under subclass 286.1. Apparatus
with means to control mixing or agitation.
Subclass:
287.1
Including measuring or testing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
with means to test or measure a condition or property in a
sample.
(1) Note. This subclass excludes mere means for measuring
temperature or pH in combination with bioreactor structures.
See this class, subclasses 289.1+ for this subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, for apparatus for making tests and
measurements not otherwise provided for.
137, Fluid Handling, 88 for systems for controlling the
mixture of a plurality of fluids in response to the sensing
of a condition or characteristic of the mixture.
196, Mineral Oils: Apparatus, subclass 132 and 141 for
combinations of apparatus for making a test or measurement
and means for controlling a reaction provided for in that
class.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 400 for
apparatus specialized for analysis and testing of
electrolytic reactions.
324, Electricity: Measuring and Testing, appropriate
subclasses for apparatus for testing an electrical property
or condition of a material by electrical means, even though
the result of the test may be used as an indication of some
other physical or chemical property or condition.
346, Recorders, for recording apparatus, per se.
374, Thermal Measuring and Testing, 31 for calorimetry.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 50 for
apparatus for (a) determining qualitatively or quantitatively
the presence of one or more chemical constituents of a
material, and (b) combinations of a test or measurement and
means for regulating a chemical reaction.
Subclass:
287.2
Measuring or testing for antibody or nucleic acid, or
measuring or testing using antibody or nucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
with means for the measuring or testing of antibodies or
nucleic acids, or with means for using an antibody or nucleic
acid agent to measure or test a sample.
Subclass:
287.3
With sample or reagent mechanical transport means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
having means to transport a sample to be measured or a
reagent involved in a measurement by mechanical means.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 63
for automated analytical apparatus having sample mechanical
transport means.
Subclass:
287.4
Sterility testing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
with means to test for sterility.
(1) Note. Included herein are means for attempting to
culture a microorganism which has been exposed to a prior
step intended to destroy living organisms, or by exposing an
enzyme to such treatment and subsequently testing for
enzymatic activity.
Subclass:
287.5
Means for measuring gas pressure or gas volume of gas evolved
from or consumed in an enzymatic or microbial reaction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
with means to measure gas pressure or gas volume that is
either evolved from or consumed in an enzymatic or microbial
reaction.
Subclass:
287.6
Including frangible means for introducing a sample or
reagent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
containing a frangible element which, when broken, releases a
reagent or a sample to a reaction container.
Subclass:
287.7
Including bibulous or absorbent layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
wherein a reagent or sample is contained or placed in an
absorbent or bibulous carrier or substrate (e.g., a
dip-stick, test paper, wick, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 55
for visual or optical indicators, including subclasses 56 and
57 which include absorbent or coated layers.
Subclass:
287.8
Including multiple, stacked layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.7. Apparatus
wherein a reagent or sample is contained or placed in or on
an element containing multiple stacked layers of an absorbent
or bibulous carrier or substrate.
Subclass:
287.9
Including a coated reagent or sample layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
wherein a reagent or sample is coated on the surface of a
carrier or substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 55
for visual or optical indicators, including subclasses 56 and
57 which include absorbent or coated layers.
Subclass:
288.1
Including a bottle, tube, flask, or jar:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
which includes a bottle, tube, flask, or jar.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304.1 for bottles, tubes, flasks, and jars of general use
for the growth, propagation, or maintenance of a
microorganism or enzyme, or for the synthesis of a
composition or compound using a microorganism or enzyme.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
206, Special Receptacle or Package, 223 for a test kit of
general utility.
215, Bottles and Jars, for bottles and jars of general
utility and the closures therefor.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 102 for miscellaneous laboratory containers.
Subclass:
288.2
Including multiple internal compartments or baffles:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288.1. Apparatus
wherein a bottle, tube, flask, or jar contains multiple
internal compartments or baffles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
299.2 for bottles, tubes, flasks, and jars containing a
solid extended reaction surface.
304.2 for bottles, tubes, flasks, and jars including
multiple internal compartments or baffles of general use
involving the growth, or propagation of a microorganism or
enzyme, or for the synthesis of a composition or compound
using a microorganism or enzyme.
Subclass:
288.3
Including a dish, plate, slide, or tray:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
which includes a dish, plate, slide, or tray.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297.5 for a dish, plate, or tray of general use involving
the growth or propagation of a microorganism or enzyme, or
for the synthesis of a composition or compound using a
microorganism or enzyme in combination with a semi-permeable
membrane or filter.
305.1 for a dish, plate, or tray of general use involving
the growth or propagation of a microorganism or enzyme, or
for the synthesis of a composition or compound using a
microorganism or enzyme.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 102 for miscellaneous laboratory containers.
Subclass:
288.4
Including multiple compartments (e.g., wells, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288.3. Apparatus
including two or more separate compartments.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305.2 for a multi-welled dish, plate, or tray of general use
involving the growth or propagation of a microorganism or
enzyme, or for the synthesis of a composition or compound
using a microorganism or enzyme.
Subclass:
288.5
Including means for fluid passage between compartments (e.g.,
between wells, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288.4. Apparatus
with means providing fluid passage between compartments.
Subclass:
288.6
Including column separation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
including a column separation means in addition to measuring
or testing means.
Subclass:
288.7
Including optical measuring or testing means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 287.1. Apparatus
having means for measuring or testing an optical property of
the material to be analyzed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 82.05
for analytical apparatus which measures optical properties of
a chemical reaction.
Subclass:
289.1
Bioreactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
adapted for the growth or propagation of a microorganism or
enzyme, or for the synthesis of a composition or compound
using a microorganism or enzyme.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
307.1 for apparatus for maintaining a microorganism in a
viable state.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
appropriate subclasses for chemical manufacturing apparatus
not elsewhere provided for producing articles of manufacture,
and see especially subclass 345 for differential etching
apparatus.
196, Mineral Oils: Apparatus, appropriate subclasses for
apparatus for treating mineral oils. Catalytic apparatus,
even though employed for carrying out a catalytic-cracking
process provided for in Class 208, Mineral Oils: Processes
and Products, is classified in Class 422.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 193 for
apparatus employed in carrying out a process provided for in
that class, which apparatus is not provided for in any other
class.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for reactors utilized
in purifying liquids.
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 255 for apparatus for testing
earth material samples involving, and in name only, chemical
or physical separation and an invisible radiation test of the
separated material; subclass 281 for ionic separation or
analysis apparatus; subclasses 306+ for the inspection of
solids or liquids by charged particles and the detection of
the particles modified by the solids or liquids; and
subclasses 336.1+ for apparatus for analyzing material.
401, Coating Implements With Material Supply, 40 and 44+
(particularly subclass 47) for a coating implement by means
of which diverse materials are applied to a work surface.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 129
for chemical reactors of a general nature.
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, for inorganic compound
and nonmetallic elements and processes for their manufacture
involving chemical reaction.
Subclass:
290.1
Composting apparatus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
for the treatment of organic waste material by the action of
microorganisms or enzymes.
Subclass:
290.2
Including agitation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 290.1. Apparatus
wherein an agitator is utilized to mix the organic material
being composted.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
366, Agitating, for mixing devices of general utility.
Subclass:
290.3
Compostor is rotatably mounted:
This subclass is indented under subclass 290.2. Apparatus
wherein the agitation means includes a rotating compostor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
291.8 for a rotatably mounted malting or mashing apparatus.
298.2 for a rotatably mounted bioreactor of general
utility.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for rotatably mounted
devices.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 209 for chemical reactors including means for
rotating a reaction chamber during use.
Subclass:
290.4
Including solid or liquid transport means into or out of a
compostor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 290.1. Apparatus
incorporating means to transport solids or liquids into or
out of the compostor (e.g., conveyors, etc.).
Subclass:
291.1
Malting or mashing apparatus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
with means to effect the sprouting of grain by heat and
humidity.
Subclass:
291.2
Movable floor to facilitate maintenance (e.g., cleaning):
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.1. Apparatus
wherein the bioreactor includes movable floors, whereby
maintenance such as cleaning is facilitated.
Subclass:
291.3
Vertically spaced stages, levels, or floors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.1. Apparatus
wherein the bioreactor includes a series of vertically spaced
stages, levels, or floors.
Subclass:
291.4
Cascading:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.3. Apparatus
wherein the composition of an upper stage, level, or floor
spills over into a lower stage, level, or floor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
294.1 for vessels or trays in series.
Subclass:
291.5
With agitator or mash turner:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.1. Apparatus
including means for mixing or stirring the mash.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
366, Agitating, for mixing devices of general utility.
Subclass:
291.6
With vertical axis of rotation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.5. Apparatus in
which the axis of the mixing means is vertical.
(1) Note. This subclass includes eccentrically moving
mixing devices in which the rotating mixing means revolve in
turn about an axis.
Subclass:
291.7
With horizontal axis of rotation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.5. Apparatus in
which the axis of the mixing means is horizontal.
Subclass:
291.8
Rotating vessel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291.7. Apparatus
which includes a horizontally disposed vessel and means for
rotating the vessel about its central axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
290.3 for a rotatably mounted composting apparatus.
298.2 for a rotatably mounted bioreactor of general
utility.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for rotatably mounted
devices.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 209 for chemical reactors including means for
rotating a reaction chamber during use.
Subclass:
292.1
Including means to transmit light into a bioreactor to
facilitate photo-bioreaction (e.g., photosynthesis):
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
wherein the bioreactor includes means to facilitate
photoreactions (e.g., light sources, transparent barriers,
etc.) for the growth of photosynthetic microorganisms or for
the treatment of microorganisms or enzymes.
(1) Note. This subclass is not intended to provide for
means of simply viewing or detecting the level or presence of
the contents of a reactor.
Subclass:
293.1
Tubular or plug flow bioreactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
wherein fluid or fluidized reagents are continuously pumped
through substantially tubular structures.
(1) Note. This form of reactor typically creates unequal
conditions between two separated points in the reactor. For
example, the concentrations of reactants at the inlet of such
a reactor change as the reactants flow through the tubular
member.
Subclass:
293.2
Radial or spiral flow bioreactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.1. Apparatus
wherein fluid flow in the tubular or plug flow bioreactor is
in a radial or spiral direction.
Subclass:
294.1
Vessels or trays in series:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including vessels or trays in series.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
291.4 for cascading malting devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 188
for chemical reactors including plural reaction stages of
general use.
Subclass:
295.1
Including a draft tube for agitation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including a tubular element extending from a lower to a
higher level in a vessel to provide for internal mixing.
(1) Note. Draft tubes are used to facilitate circulation of
a fluid within a bioreactor for the purpose of mixing.
Separate means, such as an impeller or gas bubbles, are
required to drive the fluid.
(2) Note. An example of structures provided for herein is:
[figure]
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 227 for chemical reactors including a draft tube.
Subclass:
295.2
Airlift bioreactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Apparatus
whereby the driving means to circulate fluid in a bioreactor
with a draft tube is a gas which is sparged through a lower,
usually bottom, portion of the bioreactor.
Subclass:
295.3
Including a semipermeable membrane or filter:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Apparatus
wherein the bioreaction chamber includes at least one
semiporous membrane or filter that is designed for holding or
excluding a solid or dissolved reactant.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297.1 for semipermeable membrane or filter containing
reactors which do not include a draft tube.
Subclass:
296.1
Bubble bioreactor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
whereby the means to agitate fluid in a reactor is limited to
sparging or bubbling gas in the bottom or lower portions of
the reactor.
Subclass:
297.1
Including semipermeable membrane or filter:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
wherein the reaction chamber includes at least one
semi-porous membrane or filter that is designed for holding
or excluding a solid or dissolved reactant.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
295.3 for semi-permeable membrane or filter containing
reactors in combination with a draft tube.
Subclass:
297.2
Including perfusion means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.1. Apparatus
with means to cause fluid to flow through the semipermeable
membrane or filter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
284.1 for differentiated tissue (e.g., organ) perfusion or
preservation apparatus.
Subclass:
297.3
Including a spinning semipermeable membrane or filter:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.2. Apparatus
wherein a semipermeable membrane or filter rotates or spins
about an axis.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, particularly 359 for
apparatus using movable filters.
Subclass:
297.4
Including hollow fiber or capillary:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.2. Apparatus
wherein the semipermeable membrane or filter consists of
hollow fibers or capillary membranes.
(1) Note: Hollow fibers and capillary membranes are small
diameter open ended tubes, the walls of which are
semipermeable.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, particularly 500.23
for hollow fiber or cylinder material.
Subclass:
297.5
In combination with a dish, plate, or tray:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.1. Apparatus
wherein the semipermeable membrane or filter is in
combination with a dish, plate, or tray.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.3 for a dish, plate, slide, or tray used for measuring
or testing.
305.1 for a dish, plate, or tray of general use involving
the growth, or propagation, of a microorganism or enzyme, or
for the synthesis of a composition or compound using a
microorganism or enzyme not in combination with a
semipermeable membrane.
Subclass:
298.1
Cylindrical reaction tank or vessel horizontally disposed
with respect to its central axis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
wherein a substantially cylindrical tank or vessel is
horizontally disposed with respect to its central axis.
Subclass:
298.2
With a rotatably mounted tank or vessel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Apparatus
including means providing for motion of the tank or vessel
about its central axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
290.3 for a rotatably mounted composting apparatus.
291.8 for a rotatably mounted malting or mashing apparatus.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for rotatably mounted
devices.
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly
subclass 209 for chemical reactors including means for
rotating a reaction chamber during use.
Subclass:
299.1
Including solid extended fluid contact reaction surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including a solid extended surface fluid contact reaction
means.
(1) Note. Included herein are means providing a relatively
large solid contact surface area within the reaction zone
wherein a large surface area presents multiple reaction sites
for contact by the reaction mixture and, thereby, enhance the
rate and/or the completeness of the reaction (e.g., inert
Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, pleated surfaces,
etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, particularly 211
for chemical reactors of general use including solid extended
surface fluid contact reaction means.
Subclass:
299.2
Including a bottle, tube, jar, or flask:
This subclass is indented under subclass 299.1. Apparatus
wherein a solid extended fluid contact reaction surface is in
conjunction with a bottle, tube, jar, or flask.
(1) Note. For bottles, tubes, jars, or flasks with solid
partition walls for mere separation or compartmentalizing,
see this class, subclass 304.2.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.1 for bottles, tubes, jars, or flasks specifically
adapted to perform measuring or testing.
304.1 for bottles, tubes, jars, or flasks of general
utility, particularly 304.2 which includes multiple internal
compartments or baffles.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
215, Bottles and Jars, for bottles and jars of general
utility and the closures therefor.
Subclass:
300.1
Including off-gas trapping means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
with means to trap gas evolved from the action of a
microorganism or enzyme reaction.
Subclass:
301.1
Including foam breaking means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
with means to separate the liquid and gas components of
foam.
(1) Note. Examples of such foam are those generated from
the action of microorganisms or enzymes, or those generated
from sparging a fluid containing active microorganisms or
enzymes with a gas.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 115 for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of foam colloid
systems, when generically claimed or when there is no
hierarchically superior provision in the USPC for the
specifically claimed art. Nominal recitation of a Class 435
process (e.g., fermentation or fermentation step) combined
with a process otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is proper
for Class 516, while recitation of a significant Class 435
step combined with a step or composition otherwise
classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 435 with a
discretionary cross-reference to Class 516.
Subclass:
302.1
Including magnetically coupled agitation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including magnetically coupled agitation means.
(1) Note. A magnetically coupled agitator requires a
substantially closed container with an internal magnet, an
external magnet held in close proximity to a wall of the
container such that the internal and external magnets are
coupled by their magnetic flux, and a means to rotate the
external magnet.
(2) Note. This subclass is not intended to include
magnetically driven motors coupled to an agitation means.
Subclass:
303.1
Incubator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including a housing for supporting or maintaining a reaction
container in a desired relationship with other structures,
including maintaining a proper environment (e.g.,
temperature, humidity, etc.) for microorganisms to grow or
enzymes to react.
Subclass:
303.2
Specifically adapted for an anaerobic microorganism or enzyme
(e.g., anaerobe jars):
This subclass is indented under subclass 303.1. Apparatus
with means specifically adapted for the growth of anaerobic
microorganisms or for the activity of anaerobic enzymes.
Subclass:
303.3
Including an agitator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 303.1. Apparatus
which includes an agitation means.
Subclass:
304.1
Bottle, tube, jar, or flask:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
which is a bottle, tube, jar, or flask.
(1) Note. Included in this definition are test tubes and
capillary tubes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.1 for bottles or flasks specifically adapted to perform
measuring or testing.
299.2 for bottles and flasks containing a solid extended
reaction surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
215, Bottles and Jars, for bottles and jars of general
utility and the closures therefor.
Subclass:
304.2
Including multiple internal compartments or baffles:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Apparatus
wherein the bottle, tube, jar, or flask contains multiple
internal compartments or baffles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.2 for bottles or flasks including multiple internal
compartments or baffles specifically adapted to perform
measuring or testing.
Subclass:
304.3
Flat culture flask:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.1. Apparatus
having a substantially flat profile.
(1) Note. Such flasks typically have a primary opening
protruding from a side wall.
(2) Note. An example of structures provided for herein is:
[figure]
Subclass:
305.1
Dish, plate, or tray:
This subclass is indented under subclass 289.1. Apparatus
including a dish, plate, or tray.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.3 for a dish, plate, slide, or tray used for measuring
or testing.
297.5 for a dish, plate, or tray of general use involving
the growth or propagation of a microorganism or enzyme, or
for the synthesis of a composition or compound using a
microorganism or enzyme in combination with a semipermeable
membrane or filter.
Subclass:
305.2
Multicompartmented:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305.1. Apparatus
including two or more separate media areas, or areas adapted
to contain the same or different media (e.g., wells, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
288.4 for a dish, plate, or tray including multiple internal
compartments or baffles specifically adapted for measuring
and testing.
Subclass:
305.3
Including cover seal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305.2. Apparatus
which includes a means, separate and apart from the internal
compartments, to prevent the passage of material to or from
the interior of a multicompartmented dish, plate, or tray.
Subclass:
305.4
Including cover seal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 305.1. Apparatus
which includes a means to prevent the passage of material to
or from the interior of a dish, plate, or tray.
Subclass:
306.1
Involving lysis of a microorganism by means other than
comminution:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
with means to lyse or rupture microorganisms by addition of
material or by mechanical means other than comminution.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
259 for associated processes of lysing cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
241, Solid Material Comminution or Disintegration,
particularly subclass 2 for methods of and apparatus for the
comminution of microorganisms or tissues.
Subclass:
307.1
microorganism preservation, storage, or transport apparatus:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
for preserving, storing, or transporting a microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for processes of maintaining differentiated tissue or an
organ in a viable state.
2 for processes or media for maintaining blood or sperm in a
physiologically active state.
260 for associated processes of preserving or maintaining a
microorganism, per se, in a viable state.
284.1 for a differentiated tissue (e.g., organ) perfusion or
preservation apparatus.
Subclass:
308.1
Means for separation or recovery of a microorganism from
culture media:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
with means to separate or recover a microorganism from
culture media.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
261 for associated processes of separation of microorganisms
from culture media.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, for separation
apparatus of general utility.
Subclass:
309.1
Inoculator, streaker, or sampler:
This subclass is indented under subclass 283.1. Apparatus
including means for effecting physical contact between a
sample and a media or means for physically removing material
as a sample.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
286.3 for an automatically controlled plater, streaker, or
spreader apparatus.
Subclass:
309.2
Means for inoculation or sampling of a closed vessel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 309.1. Apparatus
including means to penetrate a closed vessel for the purpose
of inoculation or sampling.
Subclass:
309.3
Loop or wire streaker:
This subclass is indented under subclass 309.1. Apparatus of
wire or plastic material specifically adapted to pick-up and
move colonies of microorganisms or small amounts of liquid
containing microorganisms.
Subclass:
309.4
Replica plate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 309.1. Apparatus
including a means specifically adapted to sample from a first
plate, and transfer and inoculate to a second plate so that
an identical pattern of colonies forms on the second plate.
Subclass:
317.1
MISCELLANEOUS (E.G., SUBCELLULAR PARTS OF microorganismS,
ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter not otherwise provided for and including
subcellular parts of microorganisms such as organelles, i.e.,
mitochondria, microsomes, chloroplasts, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for apparatus for maintaining a tissue or organ in a
viable state.
284 for apparatus for the propagation of tissue.
820 for subcellular parts of microorganisms.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, subclass 105 for
control elements responsive to a sensed operating condition;
subclasses 150+ for chemical analytical apparatus; subclass
162 for automatic analytical monitor and control of chemical
processes; and subclasses 163+ for chemical analytical
apparatus with continuous sample movement.
536, Organic Compounds, subclass 27 for DNA fragments,
genes, etc.
Subclass:
320.1
VECTOR, PER SE (E.G., PLASMID, HYBRID PLASMID, COSMID, VIRAL
VECTOR, BACTERIOPHAGE VECTOR, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter directed to self-replicating nucleic acid
molecules which may be employed to introduce a nucleic acid
sequence or gene into a cell; such nucleic acid molecules are
designated as vectors and may be in the form of a plasmid,
hybrid plasmid, cosmid, viral vector, bacteriophage vector,
etc.
(1) Note. Vectors or vehicles may be used in the
transformation or transfection of a cell. Transformation is
the acquisition of new genetic material by incorporation of
exogenous DNA. Transfection is the transfer of genetic
information to a cell using isolated DNA or RNA.
(2) Note. A plasmid is an autonomously replicating circular
extrachromosomal DNA element. A hybrid plasmid is a plasmid
which has been broken open, has had DNA from another organism
spliced into it, and has been resealed. A cosmid is a
plasmid into which phage lambda "cos" sites have been
inserted.
(3) Note. A viral vector (e.g., SV40, etc.) is a plant or
animal virus which is specifically used to introduce
exogenous DNA into host cells. A bacteriophage vector (e.g.,
phage lambda, etc.) is a bacterial virus which is
specifically used to introduce exogenous DNA into host
cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
536, Organic Compounds, subclass 27 for DNA fragments,
genes, etc.
Subclass:
325
ANIMAL CELL, PER SE (E.G., CELL LINES, ETC.); COMPOSITION
THEREOF; PROCESS OF PROPAGATING, MAINTAINING OR PRESERVING AN
ANIMAL CELL OR COMPOSITION THEREOF; PROCESS OF ISOLATING OR
SEPARATING AN ANIMAL CELL OR COMPOSITION THEREOF; PROCESS OF
PREPARING A COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN ANIMAL CELL; CULTURE
MEDIA THEREFORE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter including animal cells, per se; compositions
containing animal cells; processes of in vitro propagation of
animal cells or groups of cells that are not organized
tissues; processes of maintaining or preserving animal cells
or compositions thereof; processes of isolating or separating
an animal cell or composition thereof; processes of preparing
a composition containing animal cells; culture media
therefore.
(1) Note. Where the tissue is first cultured and then
destroyed by subsequent extraction, for example to extract
compound or composition from the tissue, the process is not
included in this subclass. Such subject matter is provided
for in subclasses 41+ of this class.
(2) Note. This subclass provides for the culture of skin
cells for a purpose such as transplantation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
317.1 for subcellular parts of microorganisms
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 93.1
for bio-affecting or body treating compositions which
contain whole live microorganisms, cells, or viruses and
subclasses 520+ for bio-affecting or body treating
compositions containing extracts, body fluids, or cellular
material of undetermined constitution derived from animal.
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, 8 for nonhuman animals, per
se, and subclasses 21+ for methods of making a nonhuman
animal.
Subclass:
326
Animal cell, per se, expressing immunoglobulin, antibody, or
fragment thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cells produce immunoglobulin, antibody, or
a fragment thereof.
(1) Note. This subclass includes cells producing
immunoglobulins or gamma globulins, whether or not the
binding specificities are disclosed.
(2) Note. Mixtures of cells of the same origin; i.e.,
species, tissue, etc., encoding different antibodies; e.g.,
in a library, etc., are encompassed by this subclass.
(3) Note. The major classes of immunoglobulins are IgG, IgM,
IgA, IgD, and IgE. Subclasses of immunoglobulins include
IgG1, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3, and IgG4 subclasses which comprise
the IgG class. IgY, which is similar to IgG, is found only
in birds.
(4) Note. Synonyms include immune globulin, gamma globulin,
Ig, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
4 for the use of antibodies in immunological testing
involving a microorganism or enzyme. See particularly
subclasses 7.1+.
69.1 for making antibodies involving an enzyme or
microorganism.
188 for antibodies conjugated to enzymes
188.5 for catalytic antibodies
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, for
antibody containing bio-affecting or body treating
compositions and nominal methods of using said compositions
according to the Class 424 definitions. See 1.49 for
compositions comprising radiolabelled antibody, or antibody
fragment, or immunoglobulin, subclasses 9.3+ and 9.4+ for
non-radioactive in vivo testing compositions, and subclasses
130.1+ for body treating compositions containing an
immunoglobulin, an antiserum, an antibody, or an antibody
fragment.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, 500
for immunoassays and binding assays including thyroid hormone
tests, biospecific ligand binding assays, etc. Subclasses
543 through 548 include methods of modifying antigens and
antibodies as part of a testing procedure.
525, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, subclass 54.1 for
proteins or biologically active polypeptides chemically bound
to synthetic resins.
530, Chemistry: Natural Resins or Derivatives; Peptides or
Proteins; Lignins or Reaction Products Thereof, 387.1, for
antibodies or antisera or fragments, other than those which
are conjugated or adsorbed to other substances; subclasses
391.1+, for antibodies or antisera or fragments thereof that
are conjugated or adsorbed to other substances; subclass 829,
for blood proteins including immunoglobulins; subclass 830,
for plasma or serum proteins including immunoglobulins;
subclass 831, for immunoglobulins and other proteins isolated
via the Cohn fractionation method; subclass 832, for
immunoglobulins isolated from milk or colostrum; subclass
833, for immunoglobulins isolated from whey; and subclass
851, for immunoglobulins isolated from placental extracts.
Subclass:
327
Immunoglobulin or antibody is anti-idiotypic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces an antibody or
antibody fragment that binds another antibody at one of its
idiotopes.
(1) Note. An idiotope is an antigenic determinant in the
variable region of the antibody.
(2) Note. An idiotype is that set of idiotopes
characteristic of a particular antibody.
(3) Note. Included in this subclass are "internal image"
antibodies which are a subset of anti-idiotypic antibodies
that mimic the antigen in their ability to elicit antibodies
that bind said antigen.
(4) Note. It is suggested that the patents in this subclass
be cross-referenced to Class 530, in the appropriate
subclasses, 387.1 through 389.8, that provide for the binding
specificity of the antibodies bound by the anti-idiotypic
antibodies, if disclosed.
Subclass:
328
Immunoglobulin or antibody is chimeric, mutated, or a
recombined hybrid (e.g., bifunctional, bispecific,
rodent-human chimeric, single chain, rFv, immunoglobulin
fusion protein, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces an antibody or
antibody fragment altered with respect to its amino acid
sequence; with respect to its composition of heavy and light
chains or immunoglobulin domains; or with respect to its
glycosylation, as compared with that found in nature; or
involving an antibody or antibody fragment fused to a
nonimmunoglobulin amino acid sequence.
(1) Note. Chimeric and recombined hybrid antibodies comprise
amino acid sequences derived from two or more nonidentical
immunoglobulin molecules; e.g., interspecies combinations,
etc.
(2) Note. It is suggested that the patents in this subclass
be cross-referenced to Class 530, in the appropriate
subclasses, 387.1 through 389.8, that provide for the binding
specificity of the antibodies employed herein, if disclosed.
Subclass:
329
Immunoglobulin or antibody binds an oligosaccharide structure
other than nucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces an antibody or
antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an oligosaccharide structure, other
than a nucleic acid, that is either free, a component of a
glycoprotein, or a component of a glycolipid.
(1) Note. The oligosaccharide structure can be one that is
schematically illustrated in the disclosure or one that is
known in the art, such as the carbohydrate component of
ganglioside GD3.
(2) Note. Some of the oligosaccharide structures disclosed
by the patents of this subclass are expressed on the surfaces
of cancer cells as components of glycoproteins or glycolipids
and are related to the A, B, Le, or H blood-group antigens.
(3) Note. It is suggested that the patents in this subclass
be cross-referenced to Class 530, in the appropriate
subclasses, 388.2 through 389.8, that provide for the binding
specificity of the antibodies that bind the microorganism(s)
upon which the oligosaccharide structure is expressed, if
such disclosure is present.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
333 for an animal cell producing a monoclonal antibody which
binds to a nucleic acid or derivative or component thereof.
344.1 for an animal cell producing a monoclonal antibody
which binds to an antigen characterized by name or molecular
weight (e.g., CEA, NCA, CC glycoprotein, melanoma gp 150
antigen, etc.).
Subclass:
330
Immunoglobulin or antibody binds an expression product of a
cancer related gene or fragment thereof (e.g., oncogene,
proto-oncogene, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces an antibody or
antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an expression product or fragment
thereof of a cancer related gene, such as an oncogene or
proto-oncogene.
(1) Note. An oncogene is a genetic sequence whose expression
transforms a normal cell into a cancerous cell. A
proto-oncogene is a genetic sequence found in a noncancerous
cell which, when mutated in a characteristic way, can become
an oncogene.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
344.1 for an animal cell producing a monoclonal antibody
which binds to an antigen characterized by name or molecular
weight (e.g., CEA, NCA, CC glycoprotein, melanoma gp 150
antigen, etc.).
Subclass:
331
Immunoglobulin or antibody binds a specifically identified
amino acid sequence:
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces an antibody or
antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a protein or peptide antigen or
antigenic determinant whose amino acid sequence is
disclosed.
(1) Note. It is suggested that the patents in this subclass
be cross-referenced to Class 530, in the appropriate
subclasses, 387.1 through 389.8, that provide for antibodies
that bind the antigen or antigenic determinant that the
disclosed sequence comprises.
Subclass:
332
Immunoglobulin or antibody binds a microorganism or normal or
mutant component or product thereof (e.g., animal cell, cell
surface antigen, secretory product, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
microorganism, or with a substance shed or secreted by a
microorganism, or with a chemically-altered component of a
microorganism, or with a chemically-altered substance shed or
secreted by a microorganism.
(1) Note. A microorganism, for the purpose of this and the
indented subclasses, is a cell from a multicellular organism,
a single-celled organism, a virus, or other intracellular
organism.
(2) Note. A mutant or chemically-altered component or
product of a microorganism may be made by chemical synthesis
or chemical modification or by expression of a cloned altered
gene.
(3) Note. Monoclonal antibodies or fragments thereof that
bind a mutant or chemically-altered component or product of a
microorganism are proper for the subclass that provides for
monoclonal antibodies that bind the corresponding normal
component or product.
Subclass:
333
Binds a nucleic acid or derivative or component thereof
(e.g., DNA, RNA, DNA-RNA hybrid, nucleotide, nucleoside,
carcinogen-DNA adduct, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a nucleic acid, a component of a
nucleic acid, such as a nucleotide or nucleoside, or a
modified nucleic acid, such as carcinogen-DNA adduct
resulting from exposure to a carcinogen.
(1) Note. An adduct is an addition group or compound.
Subclass:
334
Binds a receptor (e.g., transferrin receptor, Fc receptor,
dihydropyridine receptor, IL-2 receptor, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a free or microorganism-associated
receptor.
(1) Note. A receptor is a structure integral to a
microorganism or released into the surrounding milieu that
has binding specificity for a particular three-dimensional
structural configuration of a molecule or portion thereof.
(2) Note. For the purpose of this subclass, an antibody is
not considered a receptor. Patents disclosing cells
producing nonanti-idiotypic monoclonal antibodies or
fragments thereof that bind other immunoglobulins are proper
for subclass 337 unless the monoclonal antibodies
specifically bind lymphocyte-bound immunoglobulins, in which
case the patents are proper for subclass 343.1.
Subclass:
335
Binds a lymphokine, cytokine, or other secreted growth
regulatory factor, differentiation factor, intercellular
mediator specific for a hematopoietic cell (e.g.,
interleukin, interferon, erythropoietin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a lymphokine, cytokine, or any
other secreted growth stimulatory factor, growth inhibitory
factor, differentiation factor, or intercellular mediator
that targets any type(s) of hematopoietic cell(s).
(1) Note. The term "growth regulatory factor" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that is growth-stimulatory or
growth-inhibitory; i.e., that will stimulate or inhibit
clonal expansion of cells.
(2) Note. The term "differentiation factor" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that causes cells to progress
from a relatively undifferentiated state to a more
differentiated state, wherein said progression may include
clonal expansion.
(3) Note. The term "intercellular mediator" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that affects cellular
functions such as chemotaxis, etc.
(4) Note. See Class 424, subclass 85.1 definitions for
examples of lymphokines and cytokines.
(5) Note. Hematopoietic cells are considered to be bone
marrow stem cells and cells derived from bone marrow stem
cells, including cells at any stage of differentiation from
progenitor cells to mature erythrocytes, granulocytes,
lymphocytes, etc., both normal and neoplastic.
Subclass:
336
Binds a hormone or other secreted growth regulatory factor,
differentiation factor, intercellular mediator, or
neurotransmitter (e.g., insulin, human chorionic
gonadotropin, intragonadal regulatory protein, Mullerian
inhibiting substance, inhibin, epidermal growth factor, nerve
growth factor, dopamine, norepinephrine, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a neurotransmitter, with a hormone,
or with any other secreted growth regulatory factor,
differentiation factor, or intercellular mediator that
targets cells other than hematopoietic cells.
(1) Note. The term "growth regulatory factor" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that is growth-stimulatory or
growth-inhibitory; i.e., that will stimulate or inhibit
clonal expansion of cells.
(2) Note. The term "differentiation factor" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that causes cells to progress
from a relatively undifferentiated state to a more
differentiated state, wherein said progression may include
clonal expansion.
(3) Note. The term "intercellular mediator" is meant to
encompass any secretory factor that affects cellular
functions such as chemotaxis, etc.
Subclass:
337
Binds a plasma protein, serum protein, or fibrin (e.g.,
clotting factor, fibrinolytic factor, complement factor,
immunoglobulin, apolipoprotein, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a plasma protein, serum protein, or
with fibrin.
(1) Note. Patents with disclosures to cells producing
monoclonal antibodies or fragments thereof that bind
proteins, including enzymes, that are members of plasma
"activation systems", such as the clotting system, the
fibrinolytic system, the bradykinin system, and the
complement system, are proper for this subclass.
(2) Note. Patents with disclosures to cells producing
nonanti-idiotypic monoclonal antibodies or fragments thereof
that bind immunoglobulins are proper for this subclass,
unless the monoclonal antibodies specifically bind
lymphocyte-bound immunoglobulins, in which case, they are
proper for subclass 343.1.
(3) Note. See Class 530, subclasses 380+ definitions for
examples of plasma and serum proteins.
Subclass:
338
Binds an enzyme:
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an enzyme.
Subclass:
339
Binds a virus or component or product thereof (e.g., virus
associated antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
virus, or with a substance shed by a virus, such as a viral
antigen.
Subclass:
339.1
Binds a retrovirus or component or product thereof (e.g.,
HIV, LAV, HTLV, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 339. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
retrovirus, or with a substance shed by a retrovirus, such as
a viral antigen.
(1) Note. Retroviruses are RNA viruses that encode the
enzyme, reverse transcriptase, and are associated with
acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) and related
disorders, as well as with some forms of cancer, such as
those caused by HTLV (human T-lymphotrophic virus) I and II,
Rous sarcoma virus, MMTV (murine mammary tumor virus), feline
leukemia virus, etc.
Subclass:
340
Binds a bacterium or similar microorganism or component or
product thereof (e.g., Streptococcus, Legionella, Mycoplasma,
bacterium associated antigen, exotoxin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
bacterium or similar microorganism, or with a substance shed
or secreted by a bacterium or similar microorganism.
(1) Note. For the purpose of this subclass, microorganisms
"similar" to bacteria are those that have properties in
common with typical bacteria, but which differ from them in
characteristic ways. Examples of such microorganisms are
rickettsiae, chlamydiae, and mycoplasmas.
Subclass:
341
Binds a fungus or plant cell or component or product thereof
(e.g., fungus associated antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
fungus or plant cell, or with a substance shed or secreted by
a fungus or plant cell.
(1) Note. Fungi include yeasts and molds.
Subclass:
342
Binds a parasitic protozoan or metazoan cell or component or
product thereof (e.g., Dirofilaria, Eimeria, Coccidia,
Trichinella, parasite cell surface antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
parasitic protozoan or metazoan cell, or with a substance
shed or secreted by a parasitic protozoan or metazoan cell.
(1) Note. Metazoan parasites include such multicellular
organisms as the parasitic flatworms and roundworms.
Subclass:
343
Binds a hematopoietic cell or component or product thereof
(e.g., erythrocyte, granulocyte, macrophage, monocyte,
platelet, myelogenous leukemia cell, bone marrow stem cell,
granulocytic cell surface antigen, hemoglobin,
thrombospondin, glycophorin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
hematopoietic cell, or with a substance shed or secreted by a
hematopoietic cell.
(1) Note. Hematopoietic cells are considered to be bone
marrow stem cells and cells derived from bone marrow stem
cells including cells at any stage of differentiation from
progenitor cells to mature erythrocytes, granulocytes,
lymphocytes, etc., both normal and neoplastic.
Subclass:
343.1
Binds a lymphocytic or lymphocytic-like cell or component or
product thereof (e.g., B cell, B-lineage bone marrow cell,
null cell, natural killer cell, B-lymphoblastoid cell,
B-lineage acute lymphoblastic leukemia cell, B-lymphocytic
cell surface antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
lymphocytic or lymphocytic-like cell, or with a substance
shed or secreted by a lymphocytic cell or lymphocytic-like
cell.
(1) Note. Lymphocytes are considered to be either B- or
T-lineage cells. Null cells, K cells, and natural killer
cells are considered "lymphocytic-like" cells, since they
have the morphology of lymphocytes but not the antigenic
markers of either B- or T-lineage cells.
Subclass:
343.2
Binds a T-lymphocytic cell or component or product thereof
(e.g., T- cell, thymocyte, T-lineage bone marrow cell,
T-lymphoblastoid cell, T-lineage acute lymphoblastic leukemia
cell, T-lymphocytic cell surface antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 343.1. Subject
matter involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal
antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose
antigen-binding site(s) will combine with an integral or
isolated part of a T-lymphocytic cell, or with a substance
shed or secreted by a T-lymphocytic cell.
Subclass:
344
Binds a cancer cell or component or product thereof (e.g.,
cell surface antigen, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an integral or isolated part of a
cancer cell, or with a substance shed or secreted by a cancer
cell.
Subclass:
344.1
Binds an antigen characterized by name or molecular weight
(e.g., CEA, NCA, CC glycoprotein, melanoma gp 150 antigen,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 344. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with an antigen that is an integral or
isolated part of cancer cell, or that is shed or secreted by
a cancer cell, and that is disclosed by name or molecular
weight.
Subclass:
345
Immunoglobulin or antibody binds a drug, hapten,
hapten-carrier complex, or specifically identified chemical
structure (e.g., theophylline, digoxin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 326. Subject matter
involving an animal cell which produces a monoclonal antibody
or antigen-binding fragment thereof whose antigen-binding
site(s) will combine with a drug, hapten, hapten-carrier
complex, or with a specifically-identified chemical structure
that is disclosed.
(1) Note. A hapten is a molecule or portion thereof that has
little or no antigenicity unless coupled to a carrier
molecule that is antigenic. Haptens are usually, but not
always, of low molecular weight. Common carriers are
proteins such as bovine serum albumin (BSA) and keyhole
limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
(2) Note. This is the proper subclass for animal cells
producing catalytic antibodies.
Subclass:
346
Fused or hybrid cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is a cell resulting from (a) the
fusion of two cells or (b) the insertion of the nucleus of
one cell into another.
Subclass:
347
Two or more cell types, per se, in co-culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein two or more types of cell are present in the same
cell culture.
(1) Note. Methods of culturing two or more types of cells
together; i.e., methods of co-culturing, are classified in
subclass 373 of this class.
Subclass:
348
Insect cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of insect origin.
(1) Note. Insects do not include other arthropods such as
arachnids and crustaceans.
Subclass:
349
Avian cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of avian origin; i.e., from a
bird.
Subclass:
350
Canine cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of canine origin.
(1) Note. Canines are members of the family Canidae,
including dogs, wolves, jackals, foxes, coyotes, etc.
Subclass:
351
Feline cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of feline origin.
(1) Note. Felines are members of the family Felidae,
including domestic cats, lions, tigers, jaguars, leopards,
cheetahs, etc.
Subclass:
352
Rodent cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of rodent origin.
(1) Note. Rodents are members of the order Rodentia,
including rats, mice, deer mice, Chinese hamsters, Syrian
hamsters, squirrels, chipmunks, guinea pigs, woodchucks,
marmots, muskrats, lemmings, voles, chinchillas, etc.
Excluded from the order Rodentia, and therefore from this
subclass, are: members of the order Lagomorpha; e.g.,
rabbits and hares; members of the order Carnivora; e.g.,
weasels, minks, raccoons, etc.; and members of the order
Insectivora; e.g., shrews, moles, and hedgehogs.
Subclass:
353
Rat (i.e., Rattus):
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of rat origin.
(1) Note. This subclass includes members of the genus
Rattus, including the common domestic rat; i.e., laboratory
rat.
Subclass:
354
Mouse (i.e., Mus):
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of mouse origin.
(1) Note. This subclass includes members of the genus Mus,
including the common domestic mouse; i.e., laboratory mouse.
Subclass:
355
Blood or lymphatic origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 354. Subject matter
wherein the mouse cell is of blood or lymphatic origin.
Subclass:
356
L cell or derivative (e.g., Ltk(-), etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 354. Subject matter
wherein the mouse cell is of L cell origin.
Subclass:
357
Fibroblast, fibroblast-like cell or derivative (e.g., NIH
3T3, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 354. Subject matter
wherein the mouse cell is of fibroblast origin or is most
similar to a fibroblast in phenotype.
Subclass:
358
Chinese Hamster Ovary (i.e., CHO):
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of Chinese Hamster ovary origin.
Subclass:
359
Expressing recombinant tPA:
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the Chinese Hamster ovary cell expresses tissue
plasminogen activator (tPA) from a recombinant gene.
Subclass:
360
Expressing recombinant hormone or growth factor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the Chinese Hamster ovary cell expresses a
polypeptide having hormone or growth factor activity, said
polypeptide being expressed from a recombinant gene.
Subclass:
361
Expressing recombinant receptor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the Chinese Hamster ovary cell expresses a receptor
polypeptide from a recombinant gene.
Subclass:
362
Expressing recombinant antigen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the Chinese Hamster ovary cell expresses a
polypeptide used to stimulate an immune response or for
recognition by an antibody, said polypeptide being expressed
from a recombinant gene.
Subclass:
363
Primate cell, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the animal cell is of primate origin.
(1) Note. Primates are members of the order Primates,
including humans, apes, monkeys, lemurs, marmosets, tamarins,
baboons, etc.
Subclass:
364
Monkey kidney:
This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Subject matter
wherein the primate cell is of monkey kidney origin.
Subclass:
365
COS (e.g., COS-7, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Subject matter
wherein the monkey kidney cell is a COS cell.
(1) Note. COS-1 and COS-7 are African Green monkey kidney
cells transformed with replication-defective SV40, and which
exhibit fibroblast-like morphology.
Subclass:
365.1
Expressing recombinant lymphokine, interferon, hormone,
growth factor or morphogen:
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter
wherein the COS cell expresses a polypeptide having
lymphokine, interferon, hormone, growth factor or morphogen
activity, said polypeptide being expressed from a recombinant
gene.
Subclass:
366
Human:
This subclass is indented under subclass 363. Subject matter
wherein the primate cell is of human origin.
Subclass:
367
HeLa cell or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of HeLa cell origin.
Subclass:
368
Nervous system origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of nervous system origin.
(1) Note. This subclass includes, in addition to neurons,
those cells normally associated with neuron in vivo; e.g.,
glial cells.
Subclass:
369
Renal origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of renal; i.e., kidney, origin.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass are cells of urinary
tract origin outside the kidney; e.g., urinary bladder
cells.
Subclass:
370
Hepatic origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of hepatic; i.e., liver, origin.
Subclass:
371
Epithelial origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of epithelial origin.
Subclass:
372
Blood, lymphatic or bone marrow origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 366. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of blood, lymphatic or bone marrow
origin.
Subclass:
372.1
Myeloma origin or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is of myeloma origin.
(1) Note. A myeloma is a primary tumor arising from bone
marrow cells.
Subclass:
372.2
B-cell or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is a B-cell; i.e., B-lymphocyte.
Subclass:
372.3
T-cell or derivative:
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the human cell is a T-cell; i.e., T-lymphocyte.
Subclass:
373
Method of co-culturing cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein two or more different animal cell types are cultured
together.
Subclass:
374
Method of storing cells in a viable state:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein animal cells are stored under conditions to maintain
their viability.
Subclass:
375
Method of regulating cell metabolism or physiology:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein a particular metabolic activity or physiological
trait of the animal cell is nonmutagenically and
non-recombinantly altered.
(1) Note. Examples of such activities or traits included in
this and the indented subclasses which may be altered or
regulated are the differentiation state of said cells,
ability of cells to metabolize nitric oxide, cell-to-cell
contact, cell cycle synchronization or lack thereof,
resistance or sensitivity to particular compounds, etc.
(2) Note. Excluded from this subclass are methods which
alter the physiology of cells in a broad or nonspecific
manner; e.g., mere culturing in a medium, which promotes
normal cell growth and division, or shifting the culture
temperature to achieve a general heat shock response.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for mutagenic and/or recombinant methods which are part of
a selection, assay, or test process.
440 for methods of mutating or genetically altering cells.
Subclass:
376
Method of synchronizing cell division:
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter
wherein the cell cycles of a plurality of cells are brought
to the same point in the cell cycle, whereupon cell division
occurs essentially in phase for at least one cell cycle.
Subclass:
377
Method of altering the differentiation state of the cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Subject matter
wherein the cell is caused to progress to a more specialized
state; i.e., more differentiated; is caused to regress to a
less specialized state; i.e., less differentiated; or is
prevented from progressing with an increase or decrease in
the degree of differentiation.
(1) Note. An example of subject matter intended for this
subclass would be the use of retinoic acid to cause tumor
cells to differentiate.
(2) Note. Methods of employing only substances which merely
promote or inhibit cell division without altering the
differentiation state of the cell are classified in this
class, subclass 384.
Subclass:
378
Method of detaching cells, digesting tissue or establishing a
primary culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein animal cells are detached from a solid surface or
matrix, or from one another, or a primary culture of animal
cells is established.
(1) Note. Establishing a primary culture entails starting a
culture of the organisms of choice from their original
source, such as a tissue sample, blood, etc.
Subclass:
379
Using mechanical means (e.g., trituration, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 378. Subject matter
wherein the cells are detached using a mechanical means of
separating, triturating, cutting, or comminuting the matrix
or tissue.
Subclass:
380
Releasing bound or adhered cell using protease:
This subclass is indented under subclass 378. Subject matter
wherein the cells are released from a solid surface or matrix
using a proteolytic enzyme.
Subclass:
381
Digesting tissue with protease:
This subclass is indented under subclass 378. Subject matter
wherein the cells in a tissue are detached from one another
using a proteolytic enzyme.
Subclass:
382
Method of culturing encapsulated cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein an encapsulated cell is cultured.
(1) Note. An encapsulated cell is a cell held within or
coated by a polymer or gel layer; e.g., alginate, gelatin,
albumin, or a semi-permeable polymer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41 for the use of an encapsulated cell to produce a
product.
174 for methods of immobilizing animal cells.
Subclass:
383
Method of culturing cells in suspension:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
wherein the cell culture is in suspension.
Subclass:
384
Culture medium contains a growth factor or growth regulator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the cell culture medium contains a substance which
stimulates or inhibits cell division without altering the
differentiation state of the cell.
Subclass:
385
Medium contains a colony stimulating factor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains a substance which is a colony
stimulating factor.
Subclass:
386
Medium contains an interleukin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains a substance which is an
interleukin.
Subclass:
387
Medium contains a polypeptide hormone:
This subclass is indented under subclass 384. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains a substance which is a
polypeptide hormone.
Subclass:
388
Culture medium contains an albumin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains a substance which is an albumin.
Subclass:
389
Culture medium contains a transferrin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains a substance which is a
transferrin.
Subclass:
390
Culture medium contains an incompletely defined plant or
microbial extract excluding animal extract:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the medium contains an incompletely-defined plant or
microbial extract, but contains no extract derived from an
animal source.
(1) Note. An extract is incompletely defined if at least one
of the components of said extract is not characterized.
Subclass:
391
Culture medium contains an animal extract:
This subclass is indented under subclass 4067. Subject
matter wherein the medium contains an animal extract.
(1) Note. Animal extracts include compositions derived from
whole animals as well as animal cells, tissues and organs.
Methods employing highly purified factors; e.g., colony
stimulating factors, are classified in this class, subclasses
385 through 389. Methods employing viable intact cells or
intact cellular material; i.e., co-culturing, are classified
in this class, subclass 373.
Subclass:
392
Serum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 391. Subject matter
wherein said animal extract comprises serum.
Subclass:
393
Using airlift or laminar flow aeration or foam culture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the cell culture is subjected to airlift or laminar
flow aeration, or is cultured as a foam.
Subclass:
394
Wherein culture vessel is rotated or oscillated or culture is
agitated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 383. Subject matter
wherein the culture vessel is subjected to rotation or
oscillation, or the culture is agitated.
Subclass:
395
Solid support and method of culturing cells on said solid
support:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
including solid supports for cell growth and culture methods
wherein the animal cells are cultured employing a specific
solid support for them to attach to.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
174 for methods of immobilizing animal cells.
283.1 for apparatus for cell culture
Subclass:
396
Support is a resin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is a resin.
(1) Note. Resins include ion exchange resins.
Subclass:
397
Support is a gel surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is a gel surface.
Subclass:
398
Support is a fiber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is in the form of a fiber.
Subclass:
399
Fabric, mat, gauze, or fibrous coating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter
wherein the fiber is in the form of a fabric, mat, gauze or
coating.
Subclass:
400
Hollow:
This subclass is indented under subclass 398. Subject matter
wherein the fiber is hollow.
Subclass:
401
Support is a membrane:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is a membrane.
Subclass:
402
Support is a coated or treated surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is coated or treated to enhance
attachment or growth.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
181 for processes of immobilization of microorganisms using
an agent to link the microorganism to a solid support.
Subclass:
403
Support is a suspendable particle:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the support is a suspendable particle.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
175 for microorganisms immobilized on a solid support which
may be particulate.
Subclass:
404
Culture medium, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 325. Subject matter
which is a culture medium, per se.
Subclass:
405
Contains a growth factor or growth regulator:
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Subject matter
wherein the culture medium contains a substance which
stimulates or inhibits cell division without altering the
differentiation state of the cell.
Subclass:
406
Contains a polypeptide hormone:
This subclass is indented under subclass 405. Subject matter
wherein the culture medium contains a polypeptide hormone.
Subclass:
407
Contains an albumin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Subject matter
wherein the culture medium contains albumin.
Subclass:
408
Contains an animal extract:
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Subject matter
wherein the culture medium contains an animal extract.
(1) Note. Animal extracts include compositions derived from
whole animals as well as animal cells, tissues and organs.
Methods employing highly purified factors; e.g., colony
stimulating factors, are classified in this class, subclasses
384 through 389. Media already containing other viable
intact cells or intact cellular material would be classified
based upon said cells or cellular material, this class,
subclasses 326+.
Subclass:
410
PLANT CELL OR CELL LINE, PER SE (E.G., TRANSGENIC, MUTANT,
ETC.); COMPOSITION THEREOF; PROCESS OF PROPAGATING,
MAINTAINING, OR PRESERVING PLANT CELL OR CELL LINE; PROCESS
OF ISOLATING OR SEPARATING A PLANT CELL OR CELL LINE; PROCESS
OF REGENERATING PLANT CELLS INTO TISSUE, PLANT PART, OR
PLANT, PER SE, WHERE NO GENOTYPIC CHANGE OCCURS; MEDIUM
THEREFORE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter which includes plant cells or cell lines, per
se which may be transgenic, mutant, or products of other
processes for obtaining plant cells; compositions containing
plant cells; processes of in vitro propagating, maintaining
or preserving plant cells or cell lines; processes of
isolating or separating plant cells; processes of
regenerating plant cells into tissues, plant parts, or
plants, per se, wherein no genotypic change occurs; and
medium for propagation, maintenance, preservation, etc. of
plant cells or cell lines.
(1) Note. Not included in this subclass, are processes
wherein a product is synthesized by a biochemical
transformation of matter; i.e., a transformation wherein the
transforming agent is a plant cell culture or tissue or
processes wherein the tissue is first cultured and then
destroyed by subsequent extraction, for example to extract
compound or composition from the tissue. Such subject matter
is provided for in subclasses 41+ of this class.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
262 for processes wherein a preexisting material or compound
present in a composition or material is contacted with an
enzyme, plant cell, animal cell, etc. to isolate or recover
the preexisting material which is chemically unchanged by the
process.
317.1 for subcellular parts of microorganisms (bacteria,
animal cell, plant cell, etc.).
440 for processes of producing a stable heritable change in
the genotype of a microorganism, an animal cell, or a plant
cell by artificially inducing a structural change in a gene
or by the incorporation of genetic material from an outside
source. Processes of mutation which are processes directed
to the production or selection of essentially random changes
to the DNA of a cell without the incorporation of exogenous
DNA are provided for in this area. Also included are
processes in which the cellular matter of two or more fusing
partners is combined producing a fused or hybrid cell.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, for apparatus and processes used in
treating the earth and its products and includes all
inventions relating thereto that have not been especially
provided for in other classes. subclass 1.1 includes
mushroom culture. Subclasses 59+ include processes for
fostering growth beyond germination of plants in a soilless
nutrient environment (water culture). Subclass 57.6 includes
coated or impregnated seed not specifically provided for
elsewhere. Subclass 58.1 includes miscellaneous processes
for plant cultivation and propagation.
426, Food or Edible Material:Processes, Compositions, and
Products, appropriate subclasses for products and processes
of preservation and preparation of edible material, including
earth products.
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, for
compositions for treating terrestrial or aquatic plants or
their habitat with chemicals which affect the growth
characteristics of the plants and processes of mere use of
said compositions.
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, for methods of plant breeding,
methods of mutating plants, methods of producing plants using
somatic cell fusion, methods of introducing nucleic acid into
or rearrangement of genetic material within a plant, and for
plants and plant parts, per se.
Subclass:
411
Tomato cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a tomato plant.
(1) Note. The tomato is a member of the genus Lycopersicon.
Subclass:
412
Corn cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a corn plant.
(1) Note. Corn is also known as maize and is a member of the
genus Zea.
Subclass:
413
Herbicide resistant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 412. Subject matter
wherein the corn cell or cell line will survive exposure to
certain herbicides.
Subclass:
414
Tobacco cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a tobacco plant.
(1) Note. Tobacco is a member of the genus Nicotiana.
Subclass:
415
Soybean cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a soybean plant.
(1) Note. Soybean is a member of the genus Glycine.
Subclass:
416
Sunflower cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a sunflower
plant.
(1) Note. Sunflower is a member of the genus Helianthus.
Subclass:
417
Potato cell or cell line, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line is from a potato plant.
(1) Note. Potato is a member of the genus Solanum.
Subclass:
418
Plant cell or cell line, per se, is pest or herbicide
resistant or pest lethal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line has a property which
allows it to survive pest or herbicide attacks or a property
which makes it lethal to living organisms which prey on or
come in contact with it.
(1) Note. The term pest includes insects, fungi, or other
organisms which may be detrimental to the plant cell.
Subclass:
419
Plant cell or cell line, per se, contains exogenous or
foreign nucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the plant cell or cell line has been transformed by
the insertion of nucleic acid which is either exogenous or
foreign to it.
(1) Note. The nucleic acid may come from any outside source;
e.g., animal, different plant family, genus, species, etc.
Subclass:
420
Culture, maintenance or preservation techniques, per se:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
directed to the processes of culturing, propagating,
maintaining, preserving, or regenerating of plant cells or
cell lines.
Subclass:
421
Involving protoplast:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a protoplast.
(1) Note. A protoplast is a viable intact plant cell from
which the cell wall has been removed.
Subclass:
422
Involving conifer cell or tissue (e.g., pine, spruce, fir,
cedar, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a conifer cell
or tissue.
(1) Note. Conifers (class Coniferae), include pines,
spruces, firs, cedars, hemlocks, yews, larches, cypresses,
redwoods, junipers, etc.
Subclass:
423
Involving tomato cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a tomato cell or
tissue (Lycopersicon).
Subclass:
424
Involving corn cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a corn cell or
tissue (i.e., Zea mays or maize).
Subclass:
425
Involving tobacco cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a tobacco cell
or tissue (Nicotiana).
Subclass:
426
Involving soybean cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a soybean cell
or tissue (Glycine).
Subclass:
427
Involving cotton cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a cotton cell or
tissue (Gossypium).
Subclass:
428
Involving sunflower cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a sunflower cell
or tissue (Helianthus).
Subclass:
429
Involving potato cell or tissue:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process includes the presence of a potato cell or
tissue (Solanum).
Subclass:
430
Involving regeneration or propagation into a plant or plant
part:
This subclass is indented under subclass 420. Subject matter
wherein the process is one in which the plant cell or tissue
regenerates or propagates into a plant or plant part which is
more mature or differentiated than the starting cell or
tissue, e.g., growing a mature plant from meristematic
tissue, culturing a root to induce formation of a cell mass
which is cultured in a medium which results in a plantlet,
etc.
(1) Note. Plant parts include seed, embryo, flower, leaf,
differentiated tissue (i.e., specific organs), bud, meristem,
shoot, root, tuber, fruit, stem, cutting, bulb, corm,
rhizome, pollen, mycelium, spore, ascocarp, and sclerotia.
Subclass:
430.1
Involving callus or embryonic stage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Subject matter
wherein the regeneration or propagation process includes a
callus or embryonic stage at some stage of the process.
(1) Note. A callus is a growth of unorganized and either
unconnected or loosely connected plant cells generally
produced by culturing an explant.
(2) Note. For the purposes of this subclass, embryonic stage
may be a proembryo, early stage proembryo, late stage
proembryo, cotyledonary embryo, embryo, etc.
Subclass:
431
Medium, per se, for culture, maintenance, regeneration,
etc.:
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
which is a medium, per se, for culturing, maintaining,
regenerating, differentiating, isolating, etc. the plant
cell, cell line, or tissue.
Subclass:
440
PROCESS OF MUTATION, CELL FUSION, OR GENETIC MODIFICATION:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Processes for (1) producing a mutation in an animal cell,
plant cell or microorganism, (2) fusing animal, plant, or
microbial cells, (3) producing a stable and heritable change
in the genotype of an animal cell, plant cell, or a
microorganism by artificially inducing a structural change in
a gene or by incorporation of genetic material from an
outside source, or (4) producing a transient change in the
genotype of an animal cell, plant cell, or microorganism by
the incorporation of genetic material from an outside
source.
(1) Note. A mutation is a change produced in cellular DNA
which can be either spontaneous, caused by an environmental
factor or errors in DNA replication, or induced by physical
or chemical conditions. The processes of mutation included
in this and indented subclasses are processes directed to
production of essentially random changes to the DNA of an
animal cell, plant cell, or a microorganism without
incorporation of exogenous DNA. It should be noted that
incorporation of exogenous genetic material into a cell or
microorganism or rearrangement of genetic material within a
cell or microorganism is not considered a mutation; see the
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS references below.
(2) Note. For the purposes of this and indented subclasses,
in vitro mutagenesis, which is a method where cloned DNA is
modified outside of the cell or microorganism and then
incorporated into a cell or microorganism is not considered
to be a mutation. see the SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS
references below.
(3) Note. Genetic material from an outside source may
include chemically synthesized or modified genes.
(4) Note. For purposes of this and indented subclasses,
transient changes effected by incorporation of genetic
material from an outside source involve expression of one or
more phenotypic traits encoded by said genetic material. A
transient change is one which is passing or of short
duration. Methods producing nongenetically encoded changes
effected by a nucleic acid molecule, such as antisense
nucleic acid, are not proper for this and indented
subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
375 for treating an animal cell with an antisense nucleic
acid thereby altering cell metabolism or physiology.
455 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within an animal cell.
468 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a plant cell.
471 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a microorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, for processes of mutation,
cell fusion, and genetic modification resulting in a whole
living multicellular organism (nonhuman animal or plant) and
the resulting nonhuman animal or plant, per se.
Subclass:
441
Mutation employing a chemical mutagenic agent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes
wherein structural change in a gene is effected by a reaction
of an animal, plant, or microbial cell with a chemical
compound or composition.
(1) Note. Chemical or enzymatic alteration of a nucleic
acid outside of a cell, followed my introduction of said
nucleic acid into a cell, e.g., in vitro mutagenesis or
site-directed mutagenesis, etc. is not proper for this or
indented subclasses. See the SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS,
SUBCLASS references below.
(2) Note. Enzymatic alteration of a nucleic acid without
introduction into a cell is not proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91.1 for enzymatically altering a nucleic acid without
further introducing it into a cell or microorganism.
375 for treating an animal cell with an antisense nucleic
acid thereby altering cell metabolism or physiology.
455 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within an animal cell.
468 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a plant cell.
471 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a microorganism.
Subclass:
442
By replacement of standar nucleic acid base with base analog
(e.g., 5-bromouracil, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Processes
involving a compound which is incorporated into a DNA strand
by replacing a normally present deoxynucleotide triphosphate
thereby altering its base-pair sequence.
(1) Note. Examples of base analogs include 5-bromouracil,
5-fluorouracil, 5-bromodeoxyuridine, 5-ethyl-2'-deoxyuridine,
5-iodo-2'-deoxyuridine, and 6-thioguanine.
(2) Note. The mode of action of the base analog is that it
substitutes for a standard nucleic acid base during
replication and causes a new base pair to appear in daughter
cells in a later generation.
Subclass:
443
By use of intercalating agent (e.g., acridine orange, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Processes
involving a compound which intercalates between bases in a
DNA molecule.
(1) Note. Examples of intercalating agents include acridine
orange, 2-nitro-7-methoxynaphtho-{2,1-b}-furan, and
acriflavin.
(2) Note. The mode of action of the intercalating agent is
that it inserts between two base pairs. The consequence is
that when the DNA with intercalating agent is replicated,
additional bases appear in its sequence and, though less
common, deletion of a base may also occur.
Subclass:
444
By use of alkylating agent (e.g., nitrosoguanidine, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Processes
involving a compound which alkylates a base moiety in a DNA
molecule.
(1) Note. Examples of alkylating agents include
nitrosoguanidine and derivatives,
N-acetoxy-N-2-acetylaminofluorine, ethylmethanesulfonate, and
diethyl sulfate.
Subclass:
445
By use of oxidative deamination agent (e.g., nitrous acid,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Processes
involving a compound which oxidatively deaminates one or more
bases in a DNA molecule.
Subclass:
446
Mutation employing radiation or electricity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes
wherein structural change in a gene is effected by exposure
of an animal, plant, or microbial cell to radiation or an
electric field.
(1) Note. Radiation includes electromagnetic waves (gamma
rays, x-rays, ultraviolet, visible, infrared, and radio
waves), or particle radiation, e.g., beta, alpha, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
173.1 for treatment of a cell with wave or electrical energy
without causing mutation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclass 157.64
for processes of preparing an organic compound containing
nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or silicon by a chemical
reaction induced or effected by ionizing radiation.
Subclass:
447
X-ray irradiation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Processes
involving irradiation with x-rays.
Subclass:
448
Ultraviolet irradiation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Processes
involving irradiation with ultraviolet (UV) light.
Subclass:
449
Fusion of cells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes
wherein cellular matter of two or more fusing partners is
combined, thereby producing a cell which initially contains
the genes of both of the fusing partners.
(1) Note. This subclass does not include fusion of a
liposome to a cell unless two or more cells are also fused by
the process.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include fusion of a cell
to an enveloped virus as part of an infection or genetic
alteration method.
(3) Note. Placement of a method in this subclass does not
require fusion of nuclei.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
326 for fused or hybrid animal cells, per se, which express
immunoglobulin or antibody.
346 for fused or hybrid animal cells, per se, which do not
produce immunoglobulin or antibody.
455 for methods of liposome fusion for genetic alteration or
recombination between or within DNA molecules in animal
cells.
456 for methods of introducing into an animal cell a nucleic
acid surrounded by viral coat protein.
467 for methods of introducing an oncogene into an animal
cell to establish a cell line.
471 for methods of liposome fusion for genetic alteration or
recombination between or within DNA molecules in plant
cells.
472 for methods of introducing into a microorganism a
nucleic acid surrounded by a phage coat protein.
Subclass:
450
Employing electric current:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Processes
wherein the fusion is effected by exposure of the fusing
partners to an electric current.
(1) Note. This subclass includes use of alternating
current, direct current, or pulsed current.
Subclass:
451
One of the fusing cells is a human antibody-producing cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Processes
wherein one or more of the fusing partners is of human origin
and expresses a functional immunoglobulin, e.g., a human
B-lymphocyte, etc.
Subclass:
452
One of the fusing cells is a mouse antibody-producing cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Processes
wherein one or more of the fusing partners is of mouse origin
and expresses a functional immunoglobulin, e.g., a mouse
B-lymphocyte, etc.
Subclass:
453
One of the fusing cells is a microorganism (e.g., prokaryote,
fungus, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Processes
wherein one or more of the fusing partners is of plant
origin.
(1) Note. For purposes of this subclass, a plant cell is a
cell which originates from a multi-cellular member of the
plant kingdom.
Subclass:
454
One of the fusing cells is a microorganism (e.g., prokaryote,
fungus, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Processes
wherein one or more of the fusing partners is a cell which is
a unicellular organism (e.g., prokaryote, fungus, etc.).
(1) Note. The terms "unicellular organism" or
"microorganism" include prokaryotes, eubacteria,
cyanobacteria, archaebacteria, fungi, unicellular algae,
protozoa, and protista.
Subclass:
455
Introduction of a polynucleotide molecule into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within an animal cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes of
inserting polynucleotide molecules into or rearranging
genetic material within an animal cell.
(1) Note. For purposes of this and the indented subclasses
"animal cell" includes cells of organisms of the animal
kingdom wherein said cells are not part of a tissue or an
organ nor are they part of a multicellular organism during
the process.
(2) Note. For purposes of this subclass, protozoans, also
called protoctistans, are considered to be microorganisms and
therefore methods of transforming them are classified
elsewhere.
(3) Note. Insertion or introduction includes transfection,
microinjection, particle-mediated transformation,
lipofection, and infection.
(4) Note. Rearrangement includes processes which occur
within a cell: transposition, gene duplication, and deletion
or insertion of a polynucleotide segment from or into another
polynucleotide segment, respectively.
(5) Note. Neither antisense oligonucleotides nor catalytic
RNA molecules function as genetic material within cells.
Therefore processes of inserting an antisense oligonucleotide
and/or catalytic RNA molecule into a cell are excluded from
this and the indented subclasses.
(6) Note. Processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a cell wherein the final
process step is to isolating, selecting for, identifying,
screening for, etc. The transformed cells are considered to
be test processes and are properly classified elsewhere.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for methods of transforming cells with nucleic acid
wherein the final step of the method involves measuring or
testing for the transformant (e.g., selecting, isolating,
screening, identifying, etc).
375 for a method of using antisense oligonucleotides or
catalytic RNA to treat animal cells in vitro.
471 for methods of transforming protozoans.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
514, Drug, Bio-affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
subclass 44 for in vivo methods of treating animal cells
within a multicellular organism with a polynucleotide.
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, 21 for methods of making
nonhuman animals which may involve introduction of nucleic
acid into or rearrangement of nucleic acid within the
animal.
Subclass:
456
The polynucleotide is encapsidated within a virus or viral
coat:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid which is to be introduced into the
cell is surrounded, entirely or substantially, by viral coat
protein when brought into contact or proximity to said cell.
(1) Note. Viral coat protein may be a protein with a
naturally occurring, mutated or recombinantly modified
sequence, or a protein which is an entirely synthetically
designed sequence, provided that said protein forms an
organized array around the nucleic acid and facilitates
independent entry of said nucleic acid into said cell.
Subclass:
457
Helper virus is present:
This subclass is indented under subclass 456. Processes
wherein a helper virus is present.
(1) Note. A helper virus is a virus which permits another
nucleic acid molecule present in the same cell as said helper
virus to be replicated and assembled as a virus or virus-like
particle.
(2) Note. The nucleic acid molecule which is replicated and
assembled as a virus or virus-like particle by functions
encoded by the helper virus may itself be viral or
non-viral.
Subclass:
458
The polynucleotide is coated with or encapsulated within a
lipid containing material (e.g., liposome, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid molecule is entrapped within a
liposome, lipidic particle, or other lipid containing
artificial membrane vesicle, or is coated with a cationic
lipid, e.g., DOTMA, etc.
Subclass:
459
Involving particle-mediated transfection (i.e., biolistic
transfection):
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid is present upon or within a particle
which is inserted into the cell, wherein said particle
penetrates the cell membrane in a ballistic fashion, i.e.,
due to a relatively high velocity.
Subclass:
460
Involving laser treatment of the cell before or during
transfection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the cell membrane is rendered permeable to entry of
the nucleic acid by means of irradiation with a laser beam or
pulse.
Subclass:
461
Involving electroporation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the cell membrane is rendered permeable to entry of
the nucleic acid by means of a pulse of electric current.
Subclass:
462
Involving site-specific recombination (e.g., Cre-lox, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein recombination between the nucleic acid and another
nucleic acid, or within the nucleic acid, occurs in a
site-specific fashion, directed by a specific enzyme or other
specific catalytic agent.
(1) Note. Not proper for this subclass are methods wherein
a recombination event is directed by homology or similarity
over a significant stretch of each molecule, and wherein the
recombination reaction is driven by general recombination
mechanisms of the cell. Also not proper for this subclass
are random integration methods which are classified according
to other elements of the invention.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for general or homologous recombination methods.
Subclass:
463
Involving general or homologous recombination (e.g., gene
targeting, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein one or more segments of nucleic acid of sufficient
length and similarity to target said nucleic acid to a region
or regions of DNA in the cell are present on the nucleic acid
molecule and wherein the segment or segments direct
homologous recombination into said region or regions in the
cell by means of the general recombination mechanism of the
cell.
(1) Note. Not proper for this subclass are methods wherein
a recombination event occurs in site-specific fashion,
directed by a specific enzyme or other specific catalytic
agent. Also excluded are random integration methods which
are classified instead according to other elements of the
invention.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
462 for recombination events occurring in site-specific
fashion, directed by a specific enzyme or other specific
catalytic agent.
Subclass:
464
Involving gene duplication within the cell (e.g.,
amplification, co-amplification, etc.)
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein copy number of a segment of the nucleic acid within
the cell, e.g., a gene, etc., is increased in tandem or
head-to-tail fashion without a concomitant increase in the
copy number of the entire nucleic acid molecule.
(1) Note. Co-amplification occurs when amplification of one
nucleic acid segment results in amplification of a second
nucleic acid segment, wherein said second segment would not
normally amplify alone.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
91.2 for methods of amplifying a nucleic acid by means of a
cell or enzyme, e.g., PCR, etc.
Subclass:
465
Involving co-transfection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid is introduced into a cell
simultaneously with a second, separate and different nucleic
acid molecule, such that the cell becomes transfected by both
nucleic acid molecules.
Subclass:
466
The polynucleotide is a shuttle vector or a trasiently
replicating hybrid vector:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid contains at least two different
origins of replication with said different origins being
functional in cells from different organisms and at least one
of said origins being of animal origin and functional in the
transfected cell.
(1) Note. For the purposes of this subclass, transient
replication is defined as replication of the vector only for
a limited duration, such that said vector does not persist in
the host cell or cell line, e.g., SV40, polyoma virus, etc.
Subclass:
467
Inroducing an oncogene to establish a cell line:
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Processes
wherein the introduced nucleic acid immortalizes or
transforms the cell to allow continuous growth and division
of said cell and its progeny, as a cell line.
Subclass:
468
Introduction of a polynucleotide molecule into or
rearrangement of a nucleic acid within a plant cell:
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes of
inserting polynucleotide molecules into or rearranging
genetic material within a plant cell.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, 278 for processes of
introducing nucleic acid into or rearrangement of nucleic
acid within a plant or plant part resulting in a whole living
transgenic plant or plant part.
Subclass:
469
Introduction via Agrobacterium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 468. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid is introduced into the plant cell by
means of an Agrobacterium.
Subclass:
470
Introduction via electroporation, particle, fiber or
microprojectile mediated insertion, or injection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 468. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid molecule is introduced into the
plant cell by electroporation, particle, fiber or
microprojectile mediated insertion, or injection.
(1) Note. Electroporation involves the use of an electric
pulse of sufficient voltage and time to open temporary gaps
in the cell membrane to permit a polynucleotide to enter the
cell. Microprojectile insertion or injection involves the
use of velocity or pressure to penetrate the plant cell wall
and membrane in order to introduce the nucleic acid molecule
into the cell. Particle or fiber mediated insertion involves
using microscopic particles or fibers as carriers of the
nucleic acid.
Subclass:
471
Introduction of a polynucleotide molecule into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a microorganism (e.g.,
bacteria, protozoa, bacteriophage, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 440. Processes of
inserting polynucleotide molecules into or rearranging
genetic material within a microorganism such as bacteria,
protozoa, bacteriophage, etc.
(1) Note. For purpose of this and indented subclasses, the
term microorganism includes prokaryotes such as Escherichia
coli, Bacillus, Thermococcus, Halobacterium, and other
bacteria; unicellular eukaryotes such as yeasts, molds,
protozoans, and unicellular algae; and bacteriophage.
(2) Note. Insertion includes techniques such as
transformation, transfection, transduction, conjugation,
microinjection, particle-mediated transformation,
lipofection, and infection.
(3) Note. Rearrangement includes processes which occur
within a microbial cell such as transposition, gene
duplication, and deletion or insertion of a polynucleotide
segment from or into another polynucleotide segment,
respectively.
(4) Note. Neither antisense oligonucleotides nor catalytic
RNA molecules function as genetic material (i.e., do not
encode genetic information) within cells. They act as agents
which act upon molecules which do encode genetic information.
Therefore processes of inserting an antisense oligonucleotide
and/or catalytic RNA molecule into a cell are not included in
this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
6 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into or
rearrangement of nucleic acid within a microorganism wherein
the final process step is isolating, selecting for,
identifying, screening for, etc., the transformed cell.
243 for a method of using antisense oligonucleotides or
catalytic RNA to treat microbial cells.
Subclass:
472
The polynucleotide is encapsidated within a bacteriophage,
bacteriophage coat, or transducing particle:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid which is to be introduced into a
microbial cell is surrounded entirely or substantially by
phage coat protein when brought into contact or proximity
with said cell.
(1) Note. Phage coat protein is a protein with a naturally
occurring, mutated, or recombinantly modified sequence, or a
protein which is of a synthetically designed sequence,
provided that said protein forms an organized array around
the nucleic acid and facilitates independent entry of said
nucleic acid into said cell.
(2) Note. A phagemid or phasmid is a recombinant DNA vector
that may act as a phage or as a plasmid, i.e., it is a hybrid
between plasmid and filamentous phage cloning vehicles. If
the phagemid is encapsidated within a phage coat, it is
proper for the processes in this subclass. If the phagemid
is not encapsidated and does not encode for phage coat
protein, it is considered a plasmid and is not proper for
this subclass.
(3) Note. A transducing particle is a DNA molecule
surrounded by a complete bacteriophage protein coat, said
particle facilitating independent entry of said DNA into a
host microoorganism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
475 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is unencapsidated
bacteriophage or viral nucleic acid.
476 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is plasmid or episome.
Subclass:
473
The polynucleotide contains a transposon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid inserted into the microbial cell
contains a transposon.
(1) Note. A transposon is a nucleic acid sequence which
possesses repeated terminal insertion sequences, a
transposase gene (i.e., an integrase gene), a resolvase gene,
and the capability of inserting itself or a copy of itself
into the DNA of a microbial cell.
Subclass:
474
The polynucleotide is a cosmid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid inserted into the microbial cell is
in the form of a cosmid vector.
(1) Note. A cosmid is a DNA vector of a closed circular
structure which possesses a cos site of bacteriophage lambda,
or the equivalent packaging site of another bacteriophage
which uses the headfull mechanism of packaging, and an insert
of cloned DNA, where a bacteriophage mechanism of packaging
was used to form the initial library of clones.
Subclass:
475
The polynucleotide is unencapsidated bacteriophage or viral
nucleic acid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid is that of a bacteriophage or virus
which when inserted into the microbial cell is not surrounded
by phage or viral coat protein.
(1) Note. Phage coat protein is a protein with a naturally
occurring, mutated or recombinantly modified sequence, or a
protein which is of a synthetically designed sequence,
provided that said protein forms an organized array around
the bacteriophage or viral nucleic acid and facilitates the
independent entry of said nucleic acid into said cell.
(2) Note. The nucleic acid proper for this subclass is
capable of infecting a microbial cell, i.e., is capable of
directing the formation of infectious particles in said
cell.
(3) Note. A phagemid or phasmid is a recombinant DNA vector
that may act as a phage or as a plasmid, i.e., it is a hybrid
between plasmid and filamentous phage cloning vehicles. If
the phagemid is not encapsidated in phage coat, but encodes
for phage coat protein, it is proper for the processes in
this subclass. If the phagemid is not encapsidated and does
not encode for phage coat protein, it is considered a plasmid
and is not proper for this subclass.
(4) Note. Viruses of microorganisms and bacteriophages
which never undergo a packaged, extracellular existence are
included in this subclass.
(5) Note. Viroids and virusoids of microorganisms are
proper for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
472 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is encapsidated within a
bacteriophage coat or transducing particle.
476 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is plasmid or episome.
Subclass:
476
The polynucleotide is a plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the nucleic acid is a plasmid or episome and
therefore capable of autonomous replication in the
microorganism cell.
(1) Note. The nucleic acid is either circular or linear in
its replicating form and is circular, linear, or a linearized
circle when introduced into the microbial cell.
(2) Note. An episome is a small, self-replicating molecule
of DNA that is separate from the main chromosome. It has the
ability to move on and off the main chromosomal elements.
(3) Note. A phagemid or phasmid is a recombinant DNA vector
that may act as a phage or as a plasmid, i.e., it is a hybrid
between plasmid and filamentous phage cloning vehicles. If
the phagemid is not encapsidated and does not encode for
phage coat protein, it is considered a plasmid and proper for
the processes of this and the indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
472 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is encapsidated within a
bacteriophage coat or transducing particle.
475 for processes of introducing nucleic acid into a
microorganism where the nucleic acid is unencapsidated
bacteriophage or viral nucleic acid.
Subclass:
477
Plasmid or episome contains DNA targeting homologous
recombination to bacteriophage, viral, or chromosomal DNA
within a microorganism:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein one or more DNA segments of sufficient length and
similarity to target said DNA to a region or regions of DNA
in a microbial cell are present on the plasmid or episome,
which segment or segments direct homologous recombination
into said region or regions in the microorganism.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass is the use of plasmids
with one continuous segment directing single cross-over
recombination or two separate flanking segments directing
double cross-over recombination.
Subclass:
478
Plasmid or episome contains at least part of a gene encoding
a restriction endonuclease or modification enzyme:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein at least part of a gene for a restriction
endonuclease or at least part of a gene for a modification
enzyme is present on the plasmid or episome.
(1) Note. A restriction endonuclease cleaves DNA at a site
possessing a defined nucleotide pattern. A modification
enzyme methylates or otherwise modifies DNA at sites
possessing specific nucleotide patterns thereby preventing
cleavage by a particular restriction endonuclease.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include the use of genes
encoding endonucleases or methylases which are not involved
in restriction and modification.
Subclass:
479
Plasmid or episome confers the ability to utilize directly a
compound which a wild type microoraganism is unable to
utilize:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome contains nucleic acid which
enables a microorganism transformed with said plasmid or
episome to metabolize a compound not metabolizable by the
wild type microorganism.
(1) Note. For purposes of this subclass, metabolism of a
compound is defined as a biochemical activity upon said
compound that results in the formation of a product or
intermediate product which is further useful to the
microorganism or useful in production of energy useable by
the microorganism.
(2) Note. This subclass includes the use of nucleic acids
conferring the ability to utilize compounds such as
isoprenoids, camphor, L-tartrate, etc.
(3) Note. This subclass is not intended to include use of
nucleic acids encoding antibiotic resistance as the means of
conferring the new metabolic activity. i.e., where said
compound is an antibiotic.
(4) Note. This subclass is not intended to include the use
of genes which indirectly confer the ability to utilize a
nutrient substrate which the wild type microorganism cannot
utilize, e.g., a gene encoding an enzyme which damages plant
cell walls thereby permitting the recombinant microbe access
to nutrients within, etc.
Subclass:
480
Plasmid or episome contains at least part of a gene encoding
a toxin or encoding for virulence or pathogenicity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein at least part of a gene for a toxin or at least part
of a gene for causing virulence or pathogenicity is present
on the plasmid or episome.
(1) Note. A toxin is a compound which is inhibitory to
biological function of a cell type, tissue, organ, or entire
living individual.
(2) Note. This subclass includes use of genes encoding
cytotoxins.
(3) Note. The use of a gene for encoding for a product
which is being used as a toxin is appropriate for this
subclass.
(4) Note. A virulence or pathogenicity gene is a gene which
when lost leads to the inability of the pathogenic organism
to damage the host, i.e., the inability to inhibit a
biological function of the host individual or a component
cell, tissue or organ thereof.
(5) Note. This subclass does not include use of genes which
encode degradatory enzymes which do not normally possess in
vivo roles of inhibition of biological function, e.g.,
trypsin, collagenase, etc., unless said enzymes are being
employed as toxins in the invention.
Subclass:
481
Plasmid or episome contains a gene which complements a
nutritional deficiency mutation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome contains a gene which restores
an ability to import and/or utilize one or more nutrient
compounds to a microorganism where such an ability is
normally present in the wild type microorganism but has been
lost.
Subclass:
482
Plasmid or episome contains a gene which confers resistance
to metal, silicon, selenium, or tellurium toxicity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome contains a gene which confers
resistance to metals, silicon, selenium, or tellurium which
are toxic to a microorganism.
(1) Note. The conferred resistance in the microorganism
permits growth of said microbe or growth of said microbe
which is more rapid or vigorous than for the wild type, when
said microbe is exposed to a toxic metallic element or
silicon, selenium, or tellurium in either the ground or
ionized state.
Subclass:
483
Yeast is a host for the plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a yeast.
(1) Note. A yeast is a unicellular fungus which is mono or
oligonucleate and does not possess hyphae or an amoeboid
morphology. This subclass thus does not include mycelial
fungi and slime molds.
(2) Note. A fungus with a clearly defined yeast phase of
growth and another phase, e.g., filamentous, etc., is
classified here when the yeast phase is being transformed or
recombined.
(3) Note. Examples of host genera proper for this subclass
are Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, Kluyveromyces,
Pichia, Hansenula, and Torulopsis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
484 for use of mycelial fungi as hosts for a plasmid or
episome.
Subclass:
484
Mycelial fungus is a host for the plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a mycelial
fungus.
(1) Note. A mycelial fungus is a fungus which possesses
coenocytic (i.e., multinucleate) filamentous hyphae,
including fungi wherein said hyphae are interconnected to
form a mycelium.
(2) Note. This subclass includes molds of the genera
Neurospora, Aspergillus, Penicillium, Trichoderma, Fusarium,
Mucor, and Rhizopus. Slime molds are not included because
they do not meet the definition criteria for mycelial fungi.
(3) Note. Processes of transforming fungi which possess
macroscopic structures, e.g., mushrooms, etc. are not proper
for this subclass. Fungi with macroscopic structures are
considered plants rather than microorganisms.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
483 for processes where yeast is a host for a plasmid or
episome.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
800, Multicellular Living Organisms and Unmodified Parts
Thereof and Related Processes, 278 for processes of
genetically transforming fungi which possess macroscopic
structures.
Subclass:
485
Microorganism of the genus Bacillus is a host for the plasmid
or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a
microorganism of genus Bacillus.
Subclass:
486
Microorganism of the genus Streptomyces is a host for the
plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a
microorganism of genus Streptomyces.
Subclass:
487
Microorganism of the genus Brevibacterium or genus
Corynebacterium is a host for the plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a
microorganism of genus Brevibacterium or a microorganism of
genus Corynebacterium.
Subclass:
488
Microorganism of the genus Escherichia is a host for the
plasmid or episome:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein the plasmid or episome is introduced into a
microorganism of genus Escherichia.
Subclass:
488
Plural nonidentical plasmids are introduced into a host
microorganism or culture thereof (e.g., plasmid is part of a
library, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Processes
wherein two or more nonidentical plasmids are present in a
mixture to be used for transforming a microorganism or
culture thereof.
(1) Note. This subclass includes methods wherein a mixture
of different plasmid types is added to a culture of
microorganisms and wherein only one of the types of plasmid
is ultimately inserted into each individual recipient
microbial cell, e.g., transformation to generate a library of
plasmids, etc., and methods wherein two or more types of
plasmids are inserted into the same recipient cell, e.g.,
cotransformation, etc.
Subclass:
490
The polynucleotide is an unbranched linear fragement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Processes
wherein the inserted nucleic acid is an unbranched linear
molecule.
(1) Note. This subclass includes transformation mixtures
wherein the linear fragments may be the same or different.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
Cross-reference Art Collections 960-975 are related to
subclasses 7.1 through 7.95
Subclass:
800
ELIMINATION OR REDUCTION OF CONTAMINATION BY UNDESIRED
FERMENTS (E.G., ASEPTIC CULTIVATION):
Subject matter in which a culture is subjected to physical or
chemical treatment to suppress or reduce the growth of a
microorganism present in order to permit another
microorganism to propagate.
Subclass:
801
ANEROBIC CULTIVATION:
Subject matter in which microorganism cultivation takes place
in the absence of oxygen or oxygen bearing gas.
Subclass:
802
LOGARITHMIC GROWTH PHASE:
Subject matter in which the initial growth period of a
microorganism culture is extended or controlled or is
otherwise of interest.
Subclass:
803
PHYSICAL RECOVERY METHODS; E.G., CHROMATOGRAPHY, GRINDING:
Subject matter in which a microorganism or microbial product
other than an enzyme is recovered or purified by physical
means alone.
Subclass:
804
SINGLE CELL PROTEIN:
Subject matter in which the suitability of a microorganism to
supply palatable protein is disclosed.
Subclass:
805
TEST PAPERS:
Subject matter in which a test material is carried on a
bibulous material which may be cellulosic or noncellulosic.
Subclass:
806
FERTILITY TESTS:
Subject matter in which fecundity or pregnancy is
determined.
Subclass:
807
GAS DETECTION APPARATUS:
Subject matter in which means is provided to detect the
presence of gas in a qualitative or quantitative manner.
Subclass:
808
OPTICAL SENSING APPARATUS:
Subject matter in which means senses the production or
absorbtion of light by a sample or otherwise optically
examines a specimen.
Subclass:
809
INCUBATORS OR RACKS OR HOLDERS FOR CULTURE PLATES OR
CONTAINERS:
Subject matter including heating means for culture containers
or means to support such containers.
Subclass:
810
PACKAGED DEVICE OR KIT:
Subject matter in which a measuring or testing device or
sample or plurality of such is in a container or package.
Subclass:
811
INTERFERON:
Subject matter in which the antiviral agent interferon is
isolated or treated.
Subclass:
812
FOAM CONTROL:
Subject matter in which the formation of froth in fermentors
is suppressed by physical or chemical treatment.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
516, Colloid Systems and Wetting Agents; Subcombinations
Thereof; Processes of Making, Stabilizing, Breaking, or
Inhibiting, 115 for compositions for or subcombination
compositions for or breaking of or inhibiting of foam colloid
systems, when generically claimed or when there is no
hierarchically superior provision in the USPC for the
specifically claimed art. Nominal recitation of a Class 435
process (e.g., fermentation or fermentation step) combined
with a process otherwise classifiable in Class 516 is proper
for Class 516, while recitation of a significant Class 435
step combined with a step or composition otherwise
classifiable in Class 516 is proper for Class 435 with a
discretionary cross-reference to Class 516.
Subclass:
813
CONTINUOUS FERMENTATION:
Subject matter which is arranged to facilitate continuous
operation.
Subclass:
814
ENZYME SEPARATION OR PURIFICATION:
Subject matter in which an enzyme is separated or purified.
Subclass:
815
By sorption:
This subclass is indented under subclass 814. Subject matter
in which an enzyme is separated or purified by absorption or
adsorption.
Subclass:
816
By solubility:
This subclass is indented under subclass 814. Subject matter
in which an enzyme is separated or purified by manipulation
of the relative solubility of the enzyme in a solvent.
Subclass:
817
ENZYME OR MICROBE ELECTRODE:
Subject matter in which an enzyme or microbe is part of an
electrode.
Subclass:
818
AERATION OR OXYGEN TRANSFER TECHNIQUE:
Subject matter in which a fermentor is aerated or other
process of oxygen transfer is disclosed.
Subclass:
819
FERMENTATION VESSELS IN SERIES:
Subject matter in which two or more fermentation vessels are
connected in series.
Subclass:
820
Subclass:
821
MICROORGANISMS USED IN THE DESTRUCTION OF HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC
WASTE:
Collection of microorganisms specifically disclosed as being
useful for the destruction of hazardous or toxic waste.
Subclass:
822
Using bacteria or actinomycetales:
The subject matter below are microorganism cross-reference
art collections. The bacteria terminology below is based upon
"Bergey's Manual of Determinative Bacteriology," Eighth
Edition, which is to be considered dispositive of the subject
matter.
Subclass:
823
Acetobacter:
Subclass:
824
Achromobacter:
Subclass:
825
Actinomadura:
Subclass:
826
Actinomyces:
Subclass:
827
Actinoplanes:
Subclass:
828
Aerobacter:
Subclass:
829
Alcaligenes:
Subclass:
830
Arthrobacter:
Subclass:
831
Azotobacter:
Subclass:
832
Bacillus:
Subclass:
833
Bacillus brevis:
Subclass:
834
Bacillus cereus:
Subclass:
835
Bacillus circulans:
Subclass:
836
Bacillus licheniformis:
Subclass:
837
Bacillus megaterium:
Subclass:
838
Bacillus polymyxa:
Subclass:
839
Bacillus subtilis:
Subclass:
840
Brevibacterium:
Subclass:
841
Chainia:
Subclass:
842
Clostridium:
Subclass:
843
Corynebacterium:
Subclass:
844
Corynebacterium diphtheriae:
Subclass:
845
Corynebacterium poinsettiae:
Subclass:
846
Corynebacterium pyogenes:
Subclass:
847
Erwinia:
Subclass:
848
Escherichia:
Subclass:
849
Escherichia coli:
Subclass:
850
Flavobacterium:
Subclass:
851
Haemophilus:
Subclass:
852
Klebsiella:
Subclass:
853
Lactobacillus:
Subclass:
854
Lactobacillus acidophilus:
Subclass:
855
Lactobacillus brevis:
Subclass:
856
Lactobacillus casei:
Subclass:
857
Lactobacillus plantarum:
Subclass:
858
Methylomonas:
Subclass:
859
Micrococcus:
Subclass:
860
Micrococcus flavus:
Subclass:
861
Micrococcus glutamicus:
Subclass:
862
Micrococcus lysodeikticus:
Subclass:
863
Mycobacterium:
Subclass:
864
Mycobacterium avium:
Subclass:
865
Mycobacterium fortuitum:
Subclass:
866
Mycobacterium smegmatis:
Subclass:
867
Micromonospora:
Subclass:
868
Micromonospora chalcea:
Subclass:
869
Micromonospora purpurea:
Subclass:
870
Mycoplasma:
Subclass:
871
Neisseria:
Subclass:
872
Nocardia:
Subclass:
873
Proteus:
Subclass:
874
Pseudomonas:
Subclass:
875
Pseudomonas aeruginosa:
Subclass:
876
Pseudomonas fluorescens:
Subclass:
877
Pseudomonas putida:
Subclass:
878
Rhizobium:
Subclass:
879
Salmonella:
Subclass:
880
Serratia:
Subclass:
881
Serratia marcescens:
Subclass:
882
Staphylococcus:
Subclass:
883
Staphylococcus aureus:
Subclass:
884
Staphylococcus epidermidis:
Subclass:
885
Streptococcus:
Subclass:
886
Streptomyces:
Subclass:
887
Streptomyces albus:
Subclass:
888
Streptomyces antibioticus:
Subclass:
889
Streptomyces aureofaciens:
Subclass:
890
Streptomyces aureus:
Subclass:
891
Streptomyces bikiniensia:
Subclass:
892
Streptomyces candidus:
Subclass:
893
Streptomyces chartreusis:
Subclass:
894
Streptomyces diastatochromogenes:
Subclass:
895
Streptomyces filipinensis:
Subclass:
896
Streptomyces fradiae:
Subclass:
897
Streptomyces griseus:
Subclass:
898
Streptomyces hygroscopicus:
Subclass:
899
Streptomyces lavendulae:
Subclass:
900
Streptomyces lincolnensis:
Subclass:
901
Streptomyces noursei:
Subclass:
902
Streptomyces olivaceus:
Subclass:
903
Streptomyces platensis:
Subclass:
904
Streptomyces rimosus:
Subclass:
905
Streptomyces sparogenes:
Subclass:
906
Streptomyces venezuelae:
Subclass:
907
Streptosporangium:
Subclass:
908
Streptovirticillium:
Subclass:
909
Vibrio:
Subclass:
910
Xanthomonas:
Subclass:
911
Using fungi:
Subclass:
912
Absidia:
Subclass:
913
Aspergillus:
Subclass:
914
Aspergillus awamori:
Subclass:
915
Aspergillus flavus:
Subclass:
916
Aspergillus fumigatus:
Subclass:
917
Aspergillus niger:
Subclass:
918
Aspergillus oryzae:
Subclass:
919
Aspergillus ustus:
Subclass:
920
Aspergillus wenti:
Subclass:
921
Candida:
Subclass:
922
Candida albicans:
Subclass:
923
Candida lipolytica:
Subclass:
924
Candida tropicalis:
Subclass:
925
Cephalosporium:
Subclass:
926
Cephalosporium acremonium:
Subclass:
927
Cephalosporium caerulens:
Subclass:
928
Cephalosporium crotocinigenium:
Subclass:
929
Fusarium:
Subclass:
930
Hansenula:
Subclass:
931
Mucor:
Subclass:
932
Paecilomyces:
Subclass:
933
Penicillium:
Subclass:
934
Penicillium brevi:
Subclass:
935
Penicillium chrysogenum:
Subclass:
936
Penicillium notatium:
Subclass:
937
Penicillium patulum:
Subclass:
938
Pichia:
Subclass:
939
Rhizopus:
Subclass:
940
Saccharomyces:
Subclass:
941
Saccharomyces carlsbergensis:
Subclass:
942
Saccharomyces cerevisiae:
Subclass:
943
Saccharomyces lactis:
Subclass:
944
Torulopsis:
Subclass:
945
Trichoderma:
Subclass:
946
Using algae:
Subclass:
947
Using protozoa:
Subclass:
948
Using viruses or cell lines:
Subclass:
960
IMMUNOHISTOCHEMICAL ASSAY:
Subject matter involving antigen-antibody binding or
ligand-receptor binding involving the study of the structure
or function of intact tissue.
(1) Note. Cross-reference Art Collections 960-975 are
related to subclasses 7.1 through 7.95, above.
Subclass:
961
INCLUDING A STEP OF FORMING, RELEASING, OR EXPOSING THE
ANTIGEN OR FORMING THE HAPTEN-IMMUNOGENIC CARRIER COMPLEX OR
THE ANTIGEN, PER SE:
Subject matter involving a step of (1) forming, releasing, or
exposing an antigen, (2) forming a hapten-immunogenic carrier
complex, or (3) claiming the structure of the antigen, per
se.
Subclass:
962
PREVENTION OR REMOVAL OF INTERFERING MATERIALS OR REACTANTS
OR OTHER TREATMENT TO ENHANCE RESULTS (E.G., DETERMINING OR
PREVENTING NONSPECIFIC BINDING, ETC.):
Subject matter involving (1) preventing the formation of
interfering reactants or material, (2) removal of interfering
reactants or material, or (3) treatment described as
improving or enhancing the result of the assay.
Subclass:
963
METHODS OF STOPPING AN ENZYME REACTION OR STABILIZING THE
TEST MATERIALS:
Subject matter involving (1) methods of stopping an enzyme
reaction or (2) methods of stabilizing the test materials.
Subclass:
964
INCLUDING ENZYME-LIGAND CONJUGATE PRODUCTION (E.G., REDUCING
RATE OF NONPRODUCTIVE LINKAGE, ETC.):
Subject matter involving the production of an enzyme-ligand
conjugate.
Subclass:
965
INVOLVING IDIOTYPE OR ANTI-IDIOTYPE ANTIBODY:
Subject matter involving idiotype or anti-idiotype
antibodies.
Subclass:
966
INVOLVING AN ENZYME SYSTEM WITH HIGH TURNOVER RATE OR
COMPLEMENT MAGNIFIED ASSAY (E.G., MULTI-ENZYME SYSTEMS,
ETC.):
Subject matter involving (1) an enzyme system with high
turnover rate or (2) the use of complement to enhance the
results of the assay.
(1) Note. This subclass also provides for the cyclic enzyme
system for steroid assay.
Subclass:
967
STANDARDS, CONTROLS, MATERIALS (E.G., VALIDATION STUDIES,
BUFFER SYSTEMS, ETC.):
Subject matter involving the standards, controls, or
materials used in antigen-antibody or ligand-receptor binding
assays.
Subclass:
968
HIGH ENERGY SUBSTRATES (E.G., FLUORESCENT, CHEMILUMINESCENT,
RADIOACTIVE, ETC.):
Subject matter involving a high energy substrate such as one
which is fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or radioactive.
Subclass:
969
MULTIPLE LAYERING OR REACTANTS:
Subject matter including the reacting of multiple
ligand-binder components to result in amplification of the
detection system.
(1) Note. This subclass is not intended to include
conventional layered test strips or slides.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
970 for test strips or test slides.
Subclass:
970
TEST STRIP OR TEST SLIDE:
Subject matter involving the use of a test strip or slide
which carries the reagents or reactants involved in the
test.
Subclass:
971
CAPTURE OF COMPLEX AFTER ANTIGEN-ANTIBODY REACTION:
Subject matter involving reaction of antigen with antibody in
solution resulting in an antigen-antibody complex which is
then captured through insolubilization prior to a
determination step.
Subclass:
972
MODIFIED ANTIBODY (E.G., HYBRID, BIFUNCTIONAL, ETC.):
Subject matter involving antibodies which have been altered
physically or chemically.
Subclass:
973
SIMULTANEOUS DETERMINATION OF MORE THAN ONE ANALYTE:
Subject matter involving an analysis in which multiple
analytes are determined at the same time.
Subclass:
974
AIDS RELATED TEST:
Subject matter involving a test for Acquired Immunodeficiency
Syndrome.
Subclass:
975
KIT:
Subject matter in which measuring or testing reagents are in
kit form.
FOREIGN ART COLLECTIONS
The definitions for FOR 100-FOR 122 below correspond to the
definitions of the abolished subclasses under Class 435 from
which these collections were formed. See the Foreign Art
Collections schedule for specific correspondences. {Note:
The titles and definitions for indented art collections
include all the details of the one (s) that are
hierarchically superior.
Subclass: FOR 100
ANIMAL OR PLANT CELL (E.G., CELL LINES, ETC.); COMPOSITION
THEREOF; PROCESS OF PROPAGATING, MAINTAINING OR PRESERVING
ANIMAL OR PLANT CELL OR COMPOSITION THEREOF; PROCESS OF
ISOLATING OR SEPARATING AN ANIMAL OR PLANT CELL OR
COMPOSITION THEREOF; PROCESS OF PREPARING A COMPOSITION
CONTAINING ANIMAL OR PLANT CELL; CULTURE MEDIA THEREFORE:
Foreign art collections including animal or plant cells, per
se; compositions containing animal or plant cells; processes
of in vitro propagation of animal or plant cells or groups of
cells that are not organized tissues; processes of
maintaining or preserving animal or plant cells or
compositions thereof; processes of isolating or separating an
animal or plant cell or composition thereof; processes of
preparing a composition containing animal or plant cells;
culture media therefore.
Subclass: FOR 101
nimal cells, per se, culture techniques and media: Foreign
art collections including animal cell culture techniques, the
media used to culture the cells and the animal cells, per
se.
Subclass: FOR 102
Techniques of establishing a primary culture: Foreign art
collections wherein a primary culture of animal cells is
established.
Subclass: FOR 103
Culture of encapsulated cells: Foreign art collections
wherein an encapsulated cell is cultured.
Subclass: FOR 104
Culture of cells on solid support (e.g., anchorage dependent
cells): Foreign art collections wherein the animal cells are
cultured on a solid support.
Subclass: FOR 105
Support is suspendable particle: Foreign art collections
wherein the solid support is a suspendable particle.
Subclass: FOR 106
Culture of cells on membrane: Foreign art collections wherein
the solid support is a membrane.
Subclass: FOR 107
Hollow fibre membrane: Foreign art collections wherein the
membrane is in the form of a hollow tube or fibre.
Subclass: FOR 108
Solid support treated or coated to enhance attachment or
growth: Foreign art collections wherein the solid support is
treated or coated to enhance attachment or growth.
Subclass: FOR 109
Culture in suspension: Foreign art collections wherein the
cell culture is in suspension.
Subclass: FOR 110
Fused or hybrid cells: Foreign art collections wherein the
cell resulting from (a) the fusion of two cells, (b) the
insertion of the nucleus or chromocone of one cell into
another or (c) the treatment of a cell with an immortalizing
agent which results in a cell which will proliferate in
long-term culture.
Subclass: FOR 111
Ab or Ig fragments producing cells: Foreign art collections
wherein the fused or hybrid cells are immunoglobulin or
immunoglobulin fragment producing cells.
Subclass: FOR 112
Culture medium, per se: Foreign art collections wherein the
culture medium, per se, is claimed.
Subclass: FOR 113
Defined medium: Foreign art collections wherein the media is
composed of purified distinct chemical compounds.
Subclass: FOR 114
Plant cells, per se, culture techniques and media: Foreign
art collections including plant cells, per se, and processes
of culture of plant cells and the media for the culture or
regeneration of plant cells.
Subclass: FOR 115
Culture techniques (e.g., meristem culture, etc.): Foreign
art collections directed to the process of culture of plant
cells.
Subclass: FOR 116
Culture in suspension: Foreign art collections wherein the
cell culture is carried out in suspension.
Subclass: FOR 117
Protoplasts: Foreign art collections wherein a plant
protoplast is cultured.
Subclass: FOR 118
Callus culture: Foreign art collections wherein a callus
culture is grown.
Subclass: FOR 119
Regeneration (includes nonflowering ornamentals): Foreign art
collections wherein the callus is used to regenerated a
differentiated plant.
Subclass: FOR 120
Agronomic crops (e.g., tobacco, grains, etc.): Foreign art
collections wherein the plant is an agronomic crop.
Subclass: FOR 121
Fruit and vegetable crops (e.g., tobacco, etc.): Foreign art
collections wherein the plant is a fruit or vegetable crop.
Subclass: FOR 122
Culture medium, per se, or regeneration medium, per se:
Foreign art collections wherein a culture medium, per se, or
a regeneration medium, per se, is claimed.
Information Products Division -- Contacts
Questions regarding this report should be directed to:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Information Products Division
PK3- Suite 441
Washington, DC 20231
tel: (703) 306-2600
FAX: (703) 306-2737
email: oeip@uspto.gov
Last Modified: 6 October 2000